Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 1322

VIVID E9/VIVID E7

Proprietary Service Manual

ADVANCED SERVICE DOCUMENTATION.


PROPERTY OF GE HEALTHCARE.
USE OF THESE MATERIALS LIMITED TO AGENTS AND
EMPLOYEES OF GE HEALTHCARE OR OTHER
PARTIES EXPRESSLY LICENSED BY GE HEALTHCARE.
UNLICENSED USE IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED

Part Number: GA091999


Revision: 7
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Important Precautions

TRANSLATION POLICY

THIS SERVICE MANUAL IS AVAILABLE IN ENGLISH ONLY.


IF A CUSTOMERS SERVICE PROVIDER REQUIRES A LANGUAGE OTHER
THAN ENGLISH, IT IS THE CUSTOMERS RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE
TRANSLATION SERVICES.
WARNING DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SERVICE THE EQUIPMENT UNLESS THIS SERVICE
(EN) MANUAL HAS BEEN CONSULTED AND IS UNDERSTOOD.
FAILURE TO HEED THIS WARNING MAY RESULT IN INJURY TO THE SERVICE
PROVIDER, OPERATOR OR PATIENT FROM ELECTRIC SHOCK, MECHANICAL
OR OTHER HAZARDS.

CE MANUEL DE MAINTENANCE NEST DISPONIBLE QUEN ANGLAIS.


SI LE TECHNICIEN DU CLIENT A BESOIN DE CE MANUEL DANS UNE AUTRE
LANGUE QUE LANGLAIS, CEST AU CLIENT QUIL INCOMBE DE LE FAIRE
TRADUIRE.
AVERTISSEMENT NE PAS TENTER DINTERVENTION SUR LES QUIPEMENTS TANT QUE LE
(FR)
MANUEL SERVICE NA PAS T CONSULT ET COMPRIS.
LE NON-RESPECT DE CET AVERTISSEMENT PEUT ENTRANER CHEZ LE
TECHNICIEN, LOPRATEUR OU LE PATIENT DES BLESSURES DUES DES
DANGERS LECTRIQUES, MCANIQUES OU AUTRES.

DIESES KUNDENDIENST-HANDBUCH EXISTIERT NUR IN ENGLISCHER


SPRACHE.
FALLS EIN FREMDER KUNDENDIENST EINE ANDERE SPRACHE BENTIGT,
IST ES AUFGABE DES KUNDEN FR EINE ENTSPRECHENDE BERSETZUNG
ZU SORGEN.
WARNUNG VERSUCHEN SIE NICHT, DAS GERT ZU REPARIEREN, BEVOR DIESES
(DE) KUNDENDIENST-HANDBUCH NICHT ZU RATE GEZOGEN UND VERSTANDEN
WURDE.
WIRD DIESE WARNUNG NICHT BEACHTET, SO KANN ES ZU VERLETZUNGEN
DES KUNDENDIENSTTECHNIKERS, DES BEDIENERS ODER DES PATIENTEN
DURCH ELEKTRISCHE SCHLGE, MECHANISCHE ODER SONSTIGE
GEFAHREN KOMMEN.

- i
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO SLO EXISTE EN INGLS.


SI ALGN PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS AJENO A GEHC SOLICITA UN IDIOMA
QUE NO SEA EL INGLS, ES RESPONSABILIDAD DEL CLIENTE OFRECER UN
SERVICIO DE TRADUCCIN.
AVISO NO SE DEBER DAR SERVICIO TCNICO AL EQUIPO, SIN HABER
(ES) CONSULTADO Y COMPRENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO.
LA NO OBSERVANCIA DEL PRESENTE AVISO PUEDE DAR LUGAR A QUE EL
PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS, EL OPERADOR O EL PACIENTE SUFRAN
LESIONES PROVOCADAS POR CAUSAS ELCTRICAS, MECNICAS O DE
OTRA NATURALEZA.

ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTNCIA TCNICA S SE ENCONTRA DISPONVEL EM


INGLS.
SE QUALQUER OUTRO SERVIO DE ASSISTNCIA TCNICA, QUE NO A
GEHC, SOLICITAR ESTES MANUAIS NOUTRO IDIOMA, DA
ATENO RESPONSABILIDADE DO CLIENTE FORNECER OS SERVIOS DE TRADUO.
(PT-Br) NO TENTE REPARAR O EQUIPAMENTO SEM TER CONSULTADO E
COMPREENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTNCIA TCNICA.
O NO CUMPRIMENTO DESTE AVISO PODE POR EM PERIGO A SEGURANA
DO TCNICO, OPERADOR OU PACIENTE DEVIDO A CHOQUES ELTRICOS,
MECNICOS OU OUTROS.

ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTNCIA EST DISPONVEL APENAS EM INGLS.


SE QUALQUER OUTRO SERVIO DE ASSISTNCIA TCNICA, QUE NO A
GEHC, SOLICITAR ESTES MANUAIS NOUTRO IDIOMA, DA
RESPONSABILIDADE DO CLIENTE FORNECER OS SERVIOS DE TRADUO.
AVISO NO TENTE EFECTUAR REPARAES NO EQUIPAMENTO SEM TER
(PT-pt) CONSULTADO E COMPREENDIDO PREVIAMENTE ESTE MANUAL.
A INOBSERVNCIA DESTE AVISO PODE RESULTAR EM FERIMENTOS NO
TCNICO DE ASSISTNCIA, OPERADOR OU PACIENTE EM CONSEQUNCIA
DE CHOQUE ELCTRICO, PERIGOS DE ORIGEM MECNICA, BEM COMO DE
OUTROS TIPOS.

IL PRESENTE MANUALE DI MANUTENZIONE DISPONIBILE SOLTANTO IN


INGLESE.
SE UN ADDETTO ALLA MANUTENZIONE ESTERNO ALLA GEHC RICHIEDE IL
MANUALE IN UNA LINGUA DIVERSA, IL CLIENTE TENUTO A PROVVEDERE
DIRETTAMENTE ALLA TRADUZIONE.
AVVERTENZA SI PROCEDA ALLA MANUTENZIONE DELLAPPARECCHIATURA SOLO DOPO
(IT)
AVER CONSULTATO IL PRESENTE MANUALE ED AVERNE COMPRESO IL
CONTENUTO.
NON TENERE CONTO DELLA PRESENTE AVVERTENZA POTREBBE FAR
COMPIERE OPERAZIONI DA CUI DERIVINO LESIONI ALLADDETTO ALLA
MANUTENZIONE, ALLUTILIZZATORE ED AL PAZIENTE PER FOLGORAZIONE
ELETTRICA, PER URTI MECCANICI OD ALTRI RISCHI.

ii -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

KESOLEV TEENINDUSJUHEND ON SAADAVAL AINULT INGLISE KEELES.


KUI KLIENDITEENINDUSE OSUTAJA NUAB JUHENDIT INGLISE KEELEST
ERINEVAS KEELES, VASTUTAB KLIENT TLKETEENUSE OSUTAMISE EEST.
HOIATUS RGE RITAGE SEADMEID TEENINDADA ENNE EELNEVALT KESOLEVA
(ET)
TEENINDUSJUHENDIGA TUTVUMIST JA SELLEST ARU SAAMIST.
KESOLEVA HOIATUSE EIRAMINE VIB PHJUSTADA TEENUSEOSUTAJA,
OPERAATORI VI PATSIENDI VIGASTAMIST ELEKTRILGI, MEHAANILISE
VI MUU OHU TAGAJRJEL.

TM HUOLTO-OHJE ON SAATAVILLA VAIN ENGLANNIKSI.


JOS ASIAKKAAN PALVELUNTARJOAJA VAATII MUUTA KUIN
ENGLANNINKIELIST MATERIAALIA, TARVITTAVAN KNNKSEN
HANKKIMINEN ON ASIAKKAAN VASTUULLA.
VAROITUS L YRIT KORJATA LAITTEISTOA ENNEN KUIN OLET VARMASTI LUKENUT
(FI)
JA YMMRTNYT TMN HUOLTO-OHJEEN.
MIKLI TT VAROITUSTA EI NOUDATETA, SEURAUKSENA VOI OLLA
PALVELUNTARJOAJAN, LAITTEISTON KYTTJN TAI POTILAAN
VAHINGOITTUMINEN SHKISKUN, MEKAANISEN VIAN TAI MUUN
VAARATILANTEEN VUOKSI.

.

,
.

(EL)
.
,
,
, .

EZEN KARBANTARTSI KZIKNYV KIZRLAG ANGOL NYELVEN RHET EL.


HA A VEV SZOLGLTATJA ANGOLTL ELTR NYELVRE TART IGNYT,
AKKOR A VEV FELELSSGE A FORDTS ELKSZTTETSE.
NE PRBLJA ELKEZDENI HASZNLNI A BERENDEZST, AMG A
FIGYELMEZTETS
(HU) KARBANTARTSI KZIKNYVBEN LERTAKAT NEM RTELMEZTK.
EZEN FIGYELMEZTETS FIGYELMEN KVL HAGYSA A SZOLGLTAT,
MKDTET VAGY A BETEG RAMTS, MECHANIKAI VAGY EGYB
VESZLYHELYZET MIATTI SRLST EREDMNYEZHETI.

- iii
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

ESSI JNUSTUHANDBK ER EINGNGU FANLEG ENSKU.


EF JNUSTUAILI VISKIPTAMANNS ARFNAST ANNARS TUNGUMLS EN
ENSKU, ER A BYRG VISKIPTAMANNS A TVEGA INGU.
VIVRUN REYNI EKKI A JNUSTA TKI NEMA EFTIR A HAFA SKOA OG
(IS) SKILI ESSA JNUSTUHANDBK.
EF EKKI ER FARI A ESSARI VIVRUN GETUR A VALDI MEISLUM
JNUSTUVEITANDA, STJRNANDA EA SJKLINGS VEGNA RAFLOSTS,
VLRNNAR EA ANNARRAR HTTU.

TENTO SERVISN NVOD EXISTUJE POUZE V ANGLICKM JAZYCE.


V PPAD, E POSKYTOVATEL SLUEB ZKAZNKM POTEBUJE NVOD
V JINM JAZYCE, JE ZAJITN PEKLADU DO ODPOVDAJCHO JAZYKA
KOLEM ZKAZNKA.
NEPROVDJTE DRBU TOHOTO ZAZEN, ANI BYSTE SI PEETLI
VSTRAHA
(CS)
TENTO SERVISN NVOD A POCHOPILI JEHO OBSAH.
V PPAD NEDODROVN TTO VSTRAHY ME DOJT RAZU
ELEKTRICKM PROUDEM PRACOVNKA POSKYTOVATELE SLUEB,
OBSLUNHO PERSONLU NEBO PACIENT VLIVEM ELEKTRICKHOP
PROUDU, RESPEKTIVE VLIVEM K RIZIKU MECHANICKHO POKOZEN NEBO
JINMU RIZIKU.

DENNE SERVICEMANUAL FINDES KUN P ENGELSK.


HVIS EN KUNDES TEKNIKER HAR BRUG FOR ET ANDET SPROG END
ENGELSK, ER DET KUNDENS ANSVAR AT SRGE FOR OVERSTTELSE.
ADVARSEL FORSG IKKE AT SERVICERE UDSTYRET MEDMINDRE
(DA) DENNE SERVICEMANUAL ER BLEVET LST OG FORSTET.
MANGLENDE OVERHOLDELSE AF DENNE ADVARSEL KAN MEDFRE SKADE
P GRUND AF ELEKTRISK, MEKANISK ELLER ANDEN FARE FOR
TEKNIKEREN, OPERATREN ELLER PATIENTEN.

DEZE ONDERHOUDSHANDLEIDING IS ENKEL IN HET ENGELS VERKRIJGBAAR.


ALS HET ONDERHOUDSPERSONEEL EEN ANDERE TAAL VEREIST, DAN IS DE
KLANT VERANTWOORDELIJK VOOR DE VERTALING ERVAN.
PROBEER DE APPARATUUR NIET TE ONDERHOUDEN VOORDAT DEZE
WAARSCHUWING
(NL)
ONDERHOUDSHANDLEIDING WERD GERAADPLEEGD EN BEGREPEN IS.
INDIEN DEZE WAARSCHUWING NIET WORDT OPGEVOLGD, ZOU HET
ONDERHOUDSPERSONEEL, DE OPERATOR OF EEN PATINT GEWOND
KUNNEN RAKEN ALS GEVOLG VAN EEN ELEKTRISCHE SCHOK,
MECHANISCHE OF ANDERE GEVAREN.

iv -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

APKALPES ROKASGRMATA IR PIEEJAMA TIKAI ANGU VALOD.


JA KLIENTA APKALPES SNIEDZJAM NEPIECIEAMA INFORMCIJA CIT
VALOD, NEVIS ANGU, KLIENTA PIENKUMS IR NODROINT TULKOANU.
BRDINJUMS NEVEICIET APRKOJUMA APKALPI BEZ APKALPES ROKASGRMATAS
(LV) IZLASANAS UN SAPRAANAS.
BRDINJUMA NEIEVROANA VAR RADT ELEKTRISKS STRVAS
TRIECIENA, MEHNISKU VAI CITU RISKU IZRAISTU TRAUMU APKALPES
SNIEDZJAM, OPERATORAM VAI PACIENTAM.

IS EKSPLOATAVIMO VADOVAS YRA ILEISTAS TIK ANGL KALBA.


JEI KLIENTO PASLAUG TEIKJUI REIKIA VADOVO KITA KALBA NE ANGL,
VERTIMU PASIRPINTI TURI KLIENTAS.
SPJIMAS NEMGINKITE ATLIKTI RANGOS TECHNINS PRIEIROS DARB, NEBENT
(LT) VADOVAUTUMTS IUO EKSPLOATAVIMO VADOVU IR J SUPRASTUMTE
NEPAISANT IO PERSPJIMO, PASLAUG TEIKJAS, OPERATORIUS AR
PACIENTAS GALI BTI SUEISTAS DL ELEKTROS SMGIO, MECHANINI AR
KIT PAVOJ.

DENNE SERVICEHNDBOKEN FINNES BARE P ENGELSK.


HVIS KUNDENS SERVICELEVERANDR TRENGER ET ANNET SPRK, ER DET
KUNDENS ANSVAR SRGE FOR OVERSETTELSE.
ADVARSEL IKKE FORSK REPARERE UTSTYRET UTEN AT DENNE
(NO) SERVICEHNDBOKEN ER LEST OG FORSTTT.
MANGLENDE HENSYN TIL DENNE ADVARSELEN KAN FRE TIL AT
SERVICELEVERANDREN, OPERATREN ELLER PASIENTEN SKADES P
GRUNN AV ELEKTRISK STT, MEKANISKE ELLER ANDRE FARER.

NINIEJSZY PODRCZNIK SERWISOWY DOSTPNY JEST JEDYNIE W JZYKU


ANGIELSKIM.
JELI FIRMA WIADCZCA KLIENTOWI USUGI SERWISOWE WYMAGA
UDOSTPNIENIA PODRCZNIKA W JZYKU INNYM NI ANGIELSKI,
OBOWIZEK ZAPEWNIENIA STOSOWNEGO TUMACZENIA SPOCZYWA NA
KLIENCIE.
OSTRZEENIE
(PL)
NIE PRBOWA SERWISOWA NINIEJSZEGO SPRZTU BEZ UPRZEDNIEGO
ZAPOZNANIA SI Z PODRCZNIKIEM SERWISOWYM.
NIEZASTOSOWANIE SI DO TEGO OSTRZEENIA MOE GROZI
OBRAENIAMI CIAA SERWISANTA, OPERATORA LUB PACJENTA W WYNIKU
PORAENIA PRDEM, URAZU MECHANICZNEGO LUB INNEGO RODZAJU
ZAGROE.

- v
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

ACEST MANUAL DE SERVICE ESTE DISPONIBIL NUMAI N LIMBA ENGLEZ.


DAC UN FURNIZOR DE SERVICII PENTRU CLIENI NECESIT O ALT LIMB
DECT CEA ENGLEZ, ESTE DE DATORIA CLIENTULUI S FURNIZEZE O
TRADUCERE.
ATENIE
NU NCERCAI S REPARAI ECHIPAMENTUL DECT ULTERIOR
(RO)
CONSULTRII I NELEGERII ACESTUI MANUAL DE SERVICE.
IGNORAREA ACESTUI AVERTISMENT AR PUTEA DUCE LA RNIREA
DEPANATORULUI, OPERATORULUI SAU PACIENTULUI N URMA
PERICOLELOR DE ELECTROCUTARE, MECANICE SAU DE ALT NATUR.


.

,
.
!
(RU)
.
,
,
,
.

.

, ,
.

, ,
(BG) .

,
,
.

OVAJ PRIRUNIK ZA SERVISIRANJE DOSTUPAN JE SAMO NA ENGLESKOM


JEZIKU.
AKO KLIJENTOV SERVISER ZAHTEVA JEZIK KOJI NIJE ENGLESKI,
ODGOVORNOST JE NA KLIJENTU DA PRUI USLUGE PREVOENJA.
UPOZORENJE
(SR)
NEMOJTE POKUAVATI DA SERVISIRATE OPREMU AKO NISTE PROITALI I
RAZUMELI PRIRUNIK ZA SERVISIRANJE.
AKO NE POTUJETE OVO UPOZORENJE, MOE DOI DO POVREIVANJA
SERVISERA, OPERATERA ILI PACIJENTA UZROKOVANOG ELEKTRINIM
UDAROM, MEHANIKIM I DRUGIM OPASNOSTIMA.

vi -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

TA SERVISNI PRIRONIK JE NA VOLJO SAMO V ANGLEINI.


E PONUDNIK SERVISNIH STORITEV ZA STRANKO POTREBUJE NAVODILA V
DRUGEM JEZIKU, JE ZA PREVOD ODGOVORNA STRANKA SAMA.
NE POSKUAJTE SERVISIRATI OPREME, NE DA BI PREJ PREBRALI IN
OPOZORILO
(SL)
RAZUMELI SERVISNI PRIRONIK.
E TEGA OPOZORILA NE UPOTEVATE, OBSTAJA NEVARNOST
ELEKTRINEGA UDARA, MEHANSKIH ALI DRUGIH NEVARNOSTI IN
POSLEDINIH POKODB PONUDNIKA SERVISNIH STORITEV, UPORABNIKA
OPREME ALI PACIENTA.

OVAJ SERVISNI PRIRUNIK DOSTUPAN JE SAMO NA ENGLESKOM JEZIKU.


AKO KLIJENTOV SERVISER ZAHTIJEVA JEZIK KOJI NIJE ENGLESKI,
ODGOVORNOST KLIJENTA JE PRUITI USLUGE PREVOENJA.
UPOZORENJE NEMOJTE POKUAVATI SERVISIRATI OPREMU AKO NISTE PROITALI I
(HR) RAZUMJELI SERVISNI PRIRUNIK.
AKO NE POTUJETE OVO UPOZORENJE, MOE DOI DO OZLJEDE
SERVISERA, OPERATERA ILI PACIJENTA PROUZROENE STRUJNIM
UDAROM, MEHANIKIM I DRUGIM OPASNOSTIMA.

TTO SERVISN PRRUKA JE K DISPOZCII LEN V ANGLITINE.


AK ZKAZNKOV POSKYTOVATE SLUIEB VYADUJE IN JAZYK AKO
ANGLITINU, POSKYTNUTIE PREKLADATESKCH SLUIEB JE
ZODPOVEDNOSOU ZKAZNKA.
UPOZORNENIE NEPOKAJTE SA VYKONVA SERVIS ZARIADENIA SKR, AKO SI
(SK) NEPRETATE SERVISN PRRUKU A NEPOROZUMIETE JEJ.
ZANEDBANIE TOHTO UPOZORNENIA ME VYSTI DO ZRANENIA
POSKYTOVATEA SLUIEB, OBSLUHUJCEJ OSOBY ALEBO PACIENTA
ELEKTRICKM PRDOM, PRPADNE DO MECHANICKHO ALEBO INHO
NEBEZPEENSTVA.

DEN HR SERVICEHANDBOKEN FINNS BARA TILLGNGLIG P ENGELSKA.


OM EN KUNDS SERVICETEKNIKER HAR BEHOV AV ETT ANNAT SPRK N
ENGELSKA ANSVARAR KUNDEN FR ATT TILLHANDAHLLA
VERSTTNINGSTJNSTER.
VARNING
FRSK INTE UTFRA SERVICE P UTRUSTNINGEN OM DU INTE HAR LST
(SV)
OCH FRSTR DEN HR SERVICEHANDBOKEN.
OM DU INTE TAR HNSYN TILL DEN HR VARNINGEN KAN DET RESULTERA I
SKADOR P SERVICETEKNIKERN, OPERATREN ELLER PATIENTEN TILL
FLJD AV ELEKTRISKA STTAR, MEKANISKA FAROR ELLER ANDRA FAROR.

- vii
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

BU SERVS KILAVUZU YALNIZCA NGLZCE OLARAK SALANMITIR.


EER MTER TEKNSYEN KILAVUZUN NGLZCE DIINDAK BR DLDE
OLMASINI STERSE, KILAVUZU TERCME ETTRMEK MTERNN
SORUMLULUUNDADIR.
DKKAT
SERVS KILAVUZUNU OKUYUP ANLAMADAN EKPMANLARA MDAHALE
(TR)
ETMEYNZ.
BU UYARININ GZ ARDI EDLMES, ELEKTRK ARPMASI YA DA MEKANK
VEYA DER TRDEN KAZALAR SONUCUNDA TEKNSYENN, OPERATRN
YA DA HASTANIN YARALANMASINA YOL AABLR.

(JA)

Traditional
Chinese

viii -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

(ZH-CN)

(KO)

- ix
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

DAMAGE IN TRANSPORTATION
All packages should be closely examined at time of delivery. If damage is apparent write Damage In
Shipment on ALL copies of the freight or express bill BEFORE delivery is accepted or signed for by
a GE representative or hospital receiving agent. Whether noted or concealed, damage MUST be
reported to the carrier immediately upon discovery, or in any event, within 14 days after receipt, and the
contents and containers held for inspection by the carrier. A transportation company will not pay a claim
for damage if an inspection is not requested within this 14 day period.

CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT - FOR USA ONLY


All electrical Installations that are preliminary to positioning of the equipment at the site prepared for the
equipment shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors. Other connections between pieces of
electrical equipment, calibrations and testing shall be performed by qualified GE personnel. In
performing all electrical work on these products, GE will use its own specially trained field engineers.
All of GEs electrical work on these products will comply with the requirements of the applicable
electrical codes.

The purchaser of GE equipment shall only utilize qualified personnel (i.e., GEs field engineers,
personnel of third-party service companies with equivalent training, or licensed electricians) to perform
electrical servicing on the equipment.

OMISSIONS & ERRORS


If there are any omissions, errors or suggestions for improving this documentation, please contact the
GE Global Documentation Group with specific information listing the system type, manual title, part
number, revision number, page number and suggestion details.

Mail the information to:

Service Documentation,
GE Vingmed Ultrasound AS
P.O.Box: 141
NO 3191 HORTEN
NORWAY

GE employees should use TrackWise to report service documentation issues. These issues will then
be in the internal problem reporting tool and communicated to the writer.

SERVICE SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

DANGER DANGEROUS VOLTAGES, CAPABLE OF CAUSING DEATH, ARE PRESENT IN


THIS EQUIPMENT. USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN HANDLING, TESTING AND
ADJUSTING.

WARNING USE ALL PERSONAL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT (PPE) SUCH AS GLOVES, SAFETY
SHOES, SAFETY GLASSES, AND KNEELING PAD, TO REDUCE THE RISK OF INJURY.

For a complete review of all safety requirements, see Section 1-4 "Safety considerations" on page 1-16.

x -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

LEGAL NOTES

The contents of this publication may not be copied or duplicated in any form, in whole or in part, without
prior written permission of GE.

GE makes no representations or warranties with respect to the information herein. In addition, the
information is subject to change without notice. Every precaution has been taken in the preparation of
this document. Nevertheless, GE assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions or any damages,
including special or consequential, resulting from the use of this information. GE will issue updates to
this information periodically, as needed. If there are any questions regarding the information contained
in this manual, please contact your GE Representative.

PROPRIETARY TO GE
Permission to use this Advanced Service Software and related documentation (herein called the
material) by persons other than GE employees is provided only under an Advanced Service Package
License relating specifically to this Proprietary Material. This is a different agreement from the one under
which operating and basic service software is licensed. A license to use operating or basic service
software does not extend to or cover this software or related documentation.

If you are a GE employee or a customer who has entered into such a license agreement with GE to use
this proprietary software, you are authorized to use this Material according to the conditions stated in
your license agreement.

However, you do not have the permission of GE to alter, decompose or reverse-assemble the software,
and unless you are a GE employee, you may not copy the Material. The Material is protected by
Copyright and Trade Secret laws; the violation of which can result in civil damages and criminal
prosecution.

If you are not party to such a license agreement or a GE Employee, you must exit this Material now.

TRADEMARKS
All products and their name brands are trademarks of their respective holders.

COPYRIGHTS
2008 and 2010 - 2013 by General Electric Company. All Rights Reserved.

- xi
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Revision History

REVISION DATE REASON FOR CHANGE


1 2008-NOV-20 Initial release of manual.
2 2010-APR-30 Updated for BT10 release.
3 2011-MAR-01 Updated per BT11-M4 release of product.
4 2011-SEP-15 Updated per BT12 release.
5 2012-DEC-10 Updated with changes after the Rev. 4 release of the manual.
6 2013-SEP-13 Updated per XDclear (software v113) release. Added VIVID E7 information in the manual.

Added information for:


- Vivid E9 Vet
7 2013-NOV-21
- Usb Flash Drive (UFD) as replacement for software and manual CDs and DVDs.
- New FRU parts

List of Effected Pages

Pages Revision Pages Revision Pages Revision


Title Page 7 4-1 to 4-82 7 9-1 to 9-154 7
i to xii 7 5-1 to 5-140 7 10-1 to 10-40 7
1-1 to 1-50 7 6-1 to 6-22 7 Back Cover N/A
2-1 to 2-14 7 7-1 to 7-172 7
3-1 to 3-114 7 8-1 to 8-446 7

Please verify that you are using the latest revision of this document. Information pertaining to this document is maintained on ePDM (GE
Healthcare electronic Product Data Management). If you need to know the latest revision, contact your distributor, local GE Sales Representative
or in the USA call the GE Ultrasound Clinical Answer Center at 1 800 682 5327 or 1 262 524 5698.

xii -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Table of Contents
CHAPTER 1
Introduction
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 1
Purpose of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 1
Contents in this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 1

Service manual overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 2


Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 2
Contents in this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 2
Typical users of the Basic Service Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 3
Typical users of the Proprietary Service Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 3
VIVID E9 models covered by this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 4
VIVID E7 models covered by this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 6
Product description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 7
Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 7
Overview of the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 ultrasound scanners . . . . . . . .1 - 8
History - hardware/software versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 8
History - peripherals/software versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 8
FRUs for Back End Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 8
History - supported probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 9
How to turn the scanner ON and OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 9
How to check for hardware/software version and installed options . .1 - 9
Purpose of the operator manual(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 9

Important conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 10
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 10
Conventions used in this book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 10
Model designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 10
Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 10
Safety precaution messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 10
Standard hazard icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 11
Product icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 12

Safety considerations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 16
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 16
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 16
Human safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 16
Mechanical safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 19
Electrical safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 21
Table of Contents xiii
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Safe practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 21
Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 21

Labels locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 22
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 22
Labels on Front of LCD Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 22
Label on Rear of LCD Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 23
Label on Upper OP Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 24
Labels on Front Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 24
Labels on top of Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 24
Labels near Connectors on Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 25
Labels on DVD Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 26
Label for External Connectors, IO Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 27
Labels at AC Mains Inlet and Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 28
Label on Rear Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 29
Label, General Info - XDclear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 29
Label, General Info - BT12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 30
Label, General Info - BT11/BT10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 33
Label, General Info - BT09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 36
Label on Rear Cover - detailed descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 37
Label on Side Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 40
Label on the BEP6s door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 41
Label on the BEP5s door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 42
Label, Disassembly Nester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 43

Dangerous procedure warnings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 44

Lockout/Tagout (LOTO) requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 45

Returning/Shipping Probes and Repair Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 46

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 47


What is EMC? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 47
Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 47
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 47

Customer assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 48
Contact information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 48
System manufacturer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 49

xiv -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

CHAPTER 2
Site preparations
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1
Purpose of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1
Contents in this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1

General console requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2


Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Console environmental requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
If the unit is very cold or hot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Environmental specifications for VIVID E9/VIVID E7 scanners . . . . 2-3
Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Electrical requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
General requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Electrical requirements for VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Inrush current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Site circuit breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Site power outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Unit power plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Power stability requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
EMI limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
EMI prevention/abatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Probes environmental requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Time and manpower requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

Facility needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 10
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 10
Purchaser responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 10
Required facility needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 11
Desirable features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 12
Minimal floor plan suggestion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 12
Suggested Floor Plan, VIVID E9/VIVID E7 and EchoPAC PC in
Same Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 12
Networking setup requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 13
Stand alone scanner (without network connection) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 13
Scanner connected to hospitals network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 13
InSite Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 13
Purpose of the DICOM network function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 13
DICOM option setup requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 13

- xv
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

CHAPTER 3
System setup
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 1
Purpose of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 1
Contents in this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 1

Setup reminders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 2
Average setup time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 2
Setup warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 2

Receiving and unpacking the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 4


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 4
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 4
Receiving and unpacking warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 4
Receiving the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 5
The Tilt & Shock indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 5
Examine all packages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 6
Damage in transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 7
If Shock Indicator has triggered or is missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 7
If Tilt Indicator has triggered or is missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 8
Unpacking VIVID E9/VIVID E7 from the Carton Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 9
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 Transportation Box Label
on the Carton Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 9
Uncrating the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 10
Packing materials for the Carton Box - recycling information . . . . . .3 - 14
Unpacking VIVID E9/VIVID E7 from the Wooden Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 16
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 Transportation Box Label
for the Wooden Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 16
Unpack the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 17
Packing materials for the Wooden Box - recycling information . . . . .3 - 19

Preparing for setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 20


Verify Customer Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 20
Physical inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 20
EMI protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 20

Completing the setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 21


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 21
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 21
System specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 21
System requirements verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 21
Physical dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 21
Mass with monitor and peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 21
Acoustic noise level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 21
xvi -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Electrical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 22
Verification of the systems voltage setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 22
Electrical specifications for VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 22
Connections on the I/O Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 24
Connect Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 24
Connect USB Flash Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 24
Connections on the Patient I/O panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 25
Connect ECG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 25
Connect Heart Microphone (Phono) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 25
Connect Pulse Pressure Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 25
Connecting Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 26
Introduction to Connecting Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 26
Connect a probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 27
Disconnect a probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 27
Power On/Boot Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 28
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 28
Connect AC (mains) Power to the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 29
Switch ON the AC Power to VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 30
Power shut down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 32
Complete power down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 33

Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 35
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 35
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 35
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 35
Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 35
Select System Settings screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 36
Enter Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 36
Date and time adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 37
Select User Interface Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 38
Select Online Manual Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 39
Select Units of Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 40
Service Screen setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 41
Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 41
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 41
Open Service Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 41
Select Video Format, PAL or NTSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 42
Alphanumeric Keyboard configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 42
Add Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 43
Monitor Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 43
DVR (Option) Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 44
Optional Peripherals/Peripheral Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 45
Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 45
Approved Internal Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 45
External Peripherals (Optional) for Connection to USB . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 45
External Peripherals (Optional) for Connection to
- xvii
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Ethernet (TCP/IP Network) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 46


Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 46
Available Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 46
Software Options Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 47
Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 47
Software Option installation introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 47
Installing a Software Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 47
Remote Check and Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 48

Connectivity overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 49
Physical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 49
Stand-alone VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 49
Sneaker Net environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 49
Connection from VIVID E9/VIVID E7 to
an EchoPAC PC Workstation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 49
Connection from VIVID E9/VIVID E7 to
a DICOM Server on a Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 49

Connectivity setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 50
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 50
Contents in this Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 50
Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 50
Select TCP/IP Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 51
Changing the AE Title and/or Port Number (Port No.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 52
DHCP setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 53
Set the Remote Archives Network Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 56
Save the New Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 57
Setup connection to a DICOM server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 58
Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 58
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 58
DICOM server IP address setup on the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . .3 - 59
Verify the Network Connection to a Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 65
Verify the Connection to a Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 65
DICOM Storage setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 67
DICOM Storage IP-address adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 68
DICOM SR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 74
Export configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 76
Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 76
Setup on the Remote Share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 76
Configurable Remote Path User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 77
Display the Dataflow screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 78
Export to Excel - configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 79
Export to MPEGVue configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 80
eVue setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 81
Create a new dataflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 82
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 82
xviii -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 83
Preparations - Log on as ADM (software v112.1.3 and later) . . . . . 3 - 83
Preparations - Log on with a Service Dongle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 83
To create a new dataflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 84
Create new dataflow with Worklist, Database and
DICOM Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 86
Create new dataflow with Worklist and DICOM Storage . . . . . . . . . 3 - 87
Query/Retrieve (Q/R) Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 88
Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 88
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 88
Query/Retrieve Setup on the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 88
Query/Retrieve Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 92
If Retrieve is failing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 94
Mapping of parameters from VIVID E9/VIVID E7 to DICOM . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 95
Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 95
Search screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 95
Patient Information screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 96
Examination List screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 97
Worklist Search screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 98
Dual Export to DICOM servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 99

Disk Management setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 99


Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 99
Select Destination Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 99
Using Removable Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 99
Set Remote Path for Disk Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 100
Setup on the Remote Share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 100
Configure Remote Path User on the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 100

InSite ExC setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 101


Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 101
Network Configuration - InSite ExC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 101
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 101
Prerequisites for InSite ExC setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 101
Configuring the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 for Network InSite Checkout . . . . . . . 3 - 102
Configuration Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 102
Create an Insite permanent user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 107
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 108

Options Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 109


Software options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 109
Stereo vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 109
Color Video Printer setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 109
Preparations for installing the CP30DW for the first time . . . . . . . . . 3 - 109
Generic installation instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 109
- xix
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Printer Software Driver installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 110


Digital Video Recorder (DVR) Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 111
USB Flash Drive (UFD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 111
Software and documentation on UFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 111

Setup paperwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 112


Contents in this Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 112
Users Manual(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 112
Product Locator Installation Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 113

xx -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

CHAPTER 4
General procedures and Functional checks
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Purpose of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Contents in this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Special Equipment required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

General procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3


Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Power ON/Boot Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Connect AC (mains) Power to the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Turn Unit ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Power shut down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Complete Power Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Top Console position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 11
To raise/lower the Top Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 11
To unlock the Top Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 11
To lock the Top Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 11
To move the floating Top Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 11
Manually releasing the XY Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 12
Moving the Top Console up or down when Power is OFF . . . . . . . . 4 - 13
LCD Monitor position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 14
To unlock the LCD monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 14
To lock the LCD monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 14
Logging on to VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as ADM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 15
Service Key (Dongle, HASP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 17
Exit to Windows Desktop from the Application Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 18
Removable Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 18
Archiving and Loading Presets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 18
Loading Presets from removable media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 18
Download / Upload of System Presets via InSite ExC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 19
Retrieving the system presets via InSite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 19
Extraction of Preset Folder from zip file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 23
Deleting files from the Questra Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 26
Uploading Presets to the Preset Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 28
Loading presets onto customer system from
the Preset Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 31
Restoring VIVID E9/VIVID E7 system presets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 34
Data Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 37
Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 37
Installation and Setup Procedures for Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 37

- xxi
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Moving and Transporting the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 38


The Casters (Wheels) control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 38
To prepare the unit to be moved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 38
To ensure safety while moving the unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 39
Transporting the unit by vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 39
At the new location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 39
Recording important settings and parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 40
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 40
Connectivity Dataflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 41
Connectivity Additional Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 42
Connectivity Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 43
Connectivity Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 43
Connectivity Recording the TCP/IP settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 44
System Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 46
System Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 46
About System Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 47
About Firmware Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 47
About HW Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 47
About Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 47
Admin Disk Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 48
Admin Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 48
Admin Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 49
Admin Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 49
Admin System Admin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 50
Service screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 51
Cleaning the Trackball from the outside (OP-5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 52
Cleaning the Trackball (OP-1 to OP-4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 53
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 53
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 53
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 53
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 54
Remove the Trackball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 55
Clean the Trackball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 56
Install the Trackball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 57
Install the Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 57
Test the Trackball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 57
4V-D Field Failure Data Collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 58

Functional checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 60
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 60
Contents in this Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 60
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 60
Basic Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 61
Operator Panel (OP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 61
Trackball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 62
Touch panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 63

xxii -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Performance Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 63
Test Phantoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 63
2D Mode (B mode) Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 63
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 63
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 64
Adjust the 2D mode controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 65
M Mode Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 66
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 66
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 66
Adjust the M Mode controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 66
Color Mode Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 67
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 67
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 67
Select Color 2D Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 67
Adjust the Color 2D Mode controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 67
Select Color M Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 68
Adjust the Color M Mode controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 68
PW/CW Doppler Mode Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 69
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 69
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 69
Adjust the PW/CW Doppler Mode controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 69
Tissue Velocity Imaging (TVI) Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 70
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 70
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 70
Adjust the TVI Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 70
Probe/Connectors Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 71
ECG Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 72
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 72
Parts needed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 72
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 72
ECG Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 72
Cineloop Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 73
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 73
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 73
Adjust the Cineloop controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 73
Back End Processor checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 74
Operator Panel Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 74
Peripheral checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 74
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 74
Printer checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 74
Windows Print Test Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 74
Setup and Test a Printer Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 75
View the Windows Printer Queues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 75
DVR checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 76
Turn OFF Power to VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 77
Mechanical Functions Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 78
- xxiii
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Operator Panel Movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 78


Casters (Wheels), Brakes and Direction Lock Checks . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 78

Application Turnover Check List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 79


Software Configuration Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 79

Power supply test & adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 80


Power Supply Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 80
Power Supply Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 80

Site Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 81

xxiv -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

CHAPTER 5
Components and functions (theory)
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1
Purpose of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1
Contents in this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1

VIVID E9/VIVID E7 models and hardware/software compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 2


VIVID E9 models covered by this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 2
VIVID E7 models and hardware/software compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 4

Software overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Hard Disk Partitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
System software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Application software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Software patches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Common Service Desktop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 6

Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
The Dataflow concept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Stand-alone VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Sneaker net environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Direct connection from VIVID E9/VIVID E7 to
an EchoPAC PC workstation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 and a DICOM server in a network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Dataflow naming convention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Dataflow examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Predefined Dataflows and Additional Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 12
New Dataflows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 13
Creating a New Dataflow with Worklist, Database and
DICOM Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 14

InSite ExC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 15
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 15
InSite ExC Icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 15
InSite ExC Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 16
- xxv
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Initiating a Request for Service (RFS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 17


Automatic Request for Service (ARFS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 18
InSite ExC Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 19
Exiting InSite ExC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 19

VIVID E9/VIVID E7 overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 20


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 20
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 20
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 20
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 general description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 21
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 22
Signal flow overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 23
System configuration and software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 24
Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 24
The electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 24
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 interconnection diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 25
VIVID E9/VIVID E7s Operating Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 27
2D-Mode (B-Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 27
Octave Imaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 27
M-Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 27
Color Doppler Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 27
Color Flow Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 27
Power Doppler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 28
Tissue Velocity Imaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 28
Pulsed (PW) Doppler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 28
4D Imaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 28

Top Console with LCD monitor and Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 29


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 29
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 29
Transporting VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 29
Top Console description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 29
Content in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 29
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 30
Top Consoles location in the unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 30
Connection between the Top Console and the
rest of the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 30
The XYZ mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 31
The XY Locking mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 31
Top Console block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 33
Input Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 33
Bidirectional Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 34
Output Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 34
Fuses, Jumpers, DIP-switches and LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 34
LCD Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 35
xxvi -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Input Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 35
Bidirectional Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 35
Output Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 35
Fuses, Jumpers, DIP-switches and LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 35
Operator Panel (Control Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 36
Operator Panel general description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 36
Operator Panel block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 37
Input Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 38
Bidirectional Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 39
Output Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 39
Fuses, Jumpers, DIP-switches and LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 39

Main Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 40
Main Console description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 40

Air Flow control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 41


General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 41
Air Flow components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 41
Software control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 41
Location in the unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 41

Casters and Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 42

Front End Processor (FEP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 43


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 43
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 43
Front End Card Rack general description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 43
Front End Processor cards overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 44
FEPs Location in the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 45
Input DC voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 45
Input Pulser voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 45
Input signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 45
Bidirectional signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 45
Output signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 45
Fuses, jumpers, DIP-switches and LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 45
Transmitter and Receiver subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 46
Transmitter signal path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 46
Phased and Linear Array probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 48
Receiver signal path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 48
Signal control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 49
Transmitter Board (GTX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 50
General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 50
Location in the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 53
Input DC Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 54
Input TX (Pulser) voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 54
Input signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 55
- xxvii
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Control Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 55
Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 55
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 55
Jumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 55
DIP-switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 55
Other switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 55
LEDs on the GTX-192 board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 56
LEDs on the GTX-64 board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 57
Test points on the GTX board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 58
Relay Board (RLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 60
General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 60
Location in the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 61
Input DC Voltages: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 61
Input Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 61
Control Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 61
Output Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 61
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 62
Jumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 62
DIP-switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 62
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 63
Test points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 63
Receiver Board (GRX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 64
General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 64
Location in the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 65
Input DC Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 66
Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 66
Fuses, Jumpers and DIP-switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 66
LEDs on the GRX board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 66
Test points on the GRX board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 66
Front Plane boards (XD BUS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 67
General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 67
Location in the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 67
Input Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 67
Output Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 68
Fuses, Jumpers, Dip-switches and LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 68
Digital Receiver board (DRX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 69
General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 69
Location in the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 70
Input DC Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 71
Input Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 71
Control Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 71
Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 71
Fuses, Jumpers and DIP-switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 71
LEDs on the DRX board - the Nathan field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 72
LEDs on the DRX board - the GDIF status display . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 73
Test points on the DRX board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 73
Troubleshooting hints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 74
xxviii -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Front End Interface Board (GFI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 75


General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 75
Location in the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 77
Input DC Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 77
Clocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 77
Control Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 77
Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 78
Fuses, Jumpers and DIP-switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 78
LEDs on the GFI board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 78
Test points on the GFI board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 78
FEP Backplane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 79
General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 79
Location in the unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 80
Input DC voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 80
Input signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 80
Control signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 80
Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 80
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 80
Jumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 80
DIP-switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 81
Other switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 81

Back End Processor (BEP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 82


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 82
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 82
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 82
Signal Flow and Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 82
Location of the Back End Processor (BEP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 83
CPU/Back End Processor (BEP) - block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 84
BEP description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 85
The EMC Enclosure House . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 85
Outside the EMC Enclosure House . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 85
Top view comparison BEP5 - BEP6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 86
BEP6 Face, Top and Rear connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 87
BEP5 Face and Top connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 89
BEP6 interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 90
USB distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 91
SATA distribution - BEP6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 92
Use of Expansion Slots on BEP6 Motherboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 92
Use of Expansion Slots on BEP5 Motherboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 93
BIOS Beep Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 93
Input DC Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 93
Input Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 94
Bi-directional signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 95
Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 96

- xxix
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 96
LEDs on the BEP5/BEP6 Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 96
LEDs on the BEP6s Side Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 97
LEDs on the BEP5s face . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 98
BEP Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 99
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 99
BEP6 Power Board Assembly Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 99
BEP5 Power Supply Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 100
Location in the BEP6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 100
Location in the BEP5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 101
Input Voltage (BEP6 / BEP5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 101
Input Signals (BEP6 / BEP5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 101
Bi-directional Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 101
Output Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 102
DC Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 102
Input signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 102
LEDs on BEP6 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 102
LEDs on BEP5 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 103
Test Points on BEP5 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 104
IO Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 105
Content in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 105
General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 105
Location in the unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 105
Input DC voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 105
Signals on BEP6 IO Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 106
Signals on BEP5 IO Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 107
LEDs on the BEP5 Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 108
Graphics Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 109
General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 109
Software Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 109
Other Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 109
Location in the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 109
Input Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 109
Output Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 109
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 109
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 109
Dip Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 109
Internal Storage Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 110
Hard Disk Partitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 110

Power distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 111


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 111
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 111
Main Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 111
General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 111
Temperature Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 113
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 113
xxx -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Bidirectional Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 114


Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 114
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 115
Current limiter, over-voltage protection and
temperature watch-dog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 115
Jumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 115
DIP-Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 115
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 115
Power Up Sequence Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 116
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 116
AC Breaker to ON position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 116
The ON/OFF button on the Operator Panel has
been pressed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 118
Power On Sequence (button push), detailed sequence . . . . . . . . . 5 - 120
BEP Power-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 120
Power Down Sequence description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 121
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 121
Power Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 121
Forced Power Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 122
Power Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 122

DC Surveillance overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 123

Input and Output (I/O) modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 124


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 124
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 124
Patient I/O (Physio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 124
General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 124
Patient I/O Location in the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 125
Input DC Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 126
Patient I/O - inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 126
Patient I/O - outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 127
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 127
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 127
Dip Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 127
BEP6 I/O Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 128
General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 128
Location in the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 129
Input signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 129
Output signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 129
BEP5 I/O Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 130
General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 130
Location in the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 130
Input signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 131
Output signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 131
Probe Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 131

- xxxi
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Peripherals overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 132


Internal peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 132
DVD Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 132
Digital Video Stream Recorder (DVR (Option)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 132
Black & White Digital Graphic Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 132
External peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 133
Footswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 133
External Color Printer (Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 133
USB Flash Drive (USB Flash Card) (option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 133
USB Hard Drive with RAID1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 134
Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 134
Network printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 134

Cables for VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 135

Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 135

Product manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 136


User documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 136
Service documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 136
GE Service / Proprietary documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 136

Common Service Desktop overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 137


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 137
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 137
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 137
iLinq Interactive Platform Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 137
Web Server/Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 137
Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 137
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 137
Contact GE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 137
Interactive Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 137
Global Service User Interface (GSUI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 138
Internationalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 138
Service Login . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 138
Access / Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 139

Restart VIVID E9/VIVID E7 after diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 139

xxxii -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

CHAPTER 6
Service adjustments
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1
Purpose of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1
Contents in this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1

Power Supply adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1

LCD Monitor adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Cautions and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Access to Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Review Test Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
LCD Adjustment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Advanced LCD adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Review Test Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Test the LCD Arm and LCD Monitor range of motion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 5

Backlight adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Cautions and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Accessing the Main LCD and Touch Screen Backlight Adjustments . . . . . 6-6
Backlight and Blue Tint Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Adjust LCD Brightness and Contrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Test Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

Main Monitor and Touch Screen - Setup and Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 11


Select the Display Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 11
Identification of the monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 12
Main LCD Screen Resolution and Color Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 12
Touch Screen Resolution and Color Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 13

Touch Screen Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 14

DC Offset Calibration (Front End Alignment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 15


Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 15
When to do a Front End Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 15
Front End Alignment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 15

- xxxiii
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Adjusting the XYZ Mechanism. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 16


Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 16
Operator Panel XY movement - principle of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 16
Release the XY Lock and XY Brake (manually) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 16
Adjusting the XY Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 17
XY Manual Release for Lock and Brake Mechanism and Adjustment . . . . .6 - 18
XY Lock and Brake Mechanism Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 18
XY Lock Adjustment for Lock and Brake Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 19
Using the Park Lock Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 21
Adjusting the Z mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 21

Direction Lock and Brake adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 22

Adjust time-out for DICOM servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 22

xxxiv -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

CHAPTER 7
Diagnostics / troubleshooting
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Purpose of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Contents in this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

Service Safety Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 2

Service tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 2
Service Software tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 2
Special Service tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 2

FAQ - Frequently Asked Questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3


Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
BSCAN Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Trackball issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
High System Temperature Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Reset the BEP from a Hang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
How to Release the Top Console when power is unavailable . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

Troubleshooting Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6


Content in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Shortcut Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
EMI Prevention/Abatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Image Artifacts Caused by Front End Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Back End Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
System Halt Errors - Lock ups or Intermittent Problems . . . . . . . . . 7-9
CD/DVD Drive Failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Image CD/DVD not read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 10
No Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 10
No Video on LCD Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 10
Wrong Key Activated on the Touch Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 10
Incorrect System Time when Daylight Savings Time changes . . . . 7 - 10
Intermittent Blank, but functional (responsive) Touch Panel . . . . . . 7 - 11
Touch Panel Not Responding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 11
Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 11
Probe Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 11
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 11
Image or Patient Data Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 11
- xxxv
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Network Connectivity Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 12


Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 12
First Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 12
Cannot connect to anything via the network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 12
No Ping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 12
No Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 13
System Pings and Verifies OK, but does NOT Send . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 13

Work-around procedure for connecting Vivid E9 to ImageVault v4.x . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 14


Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 14
Connectivity Work-around - Image Vault v4.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 15
Affected Dataflows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 15
Limitations / Implications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 15
Configure VIVID E9/VIVID E7 to the work around . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 16
Reverse configuration on Vivid E9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 17

InSite ExC troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 18


Wrong System ID in InSite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 18
Basic Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 18
Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 18
Troubleshooting flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 19

Gathering Troubleshooting Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 20


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 20
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 20
Collect Vital System Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 20
Collect a Trouble Image with Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 21
Advanced log options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 21
Capturing Network Logs with Network Sniffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 22

Screen Captures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 27
Purpose of this Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 27
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 27
Ctrl+PrintScreen shortcut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 27
To Capture a Screen Image Using the Shortcut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 27

Virtual Console Observation (VCO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 28


Purpose of this Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 28
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 28
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 29
How FE Remotely Enables Disruptive Mode and VCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 29
How Customer Enables Disruptive Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 33
Customer Enables VCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 34
xxxvi -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Common Service Desktop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 35


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 35
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 35
Home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 36
Server History Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 37
Error Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 38
Diagnostics Window Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 40
Diagnostic Utility Freezes Up/Times Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 43
Diagnostic Symptom Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 44
Diagnostics - Common Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 54
Disruptive Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 54
System Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 55
Diagnostics - Engineering Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 56
Reset PC Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 56
Diagnostics - Non-Interactive Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 57
Essential Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 57
System Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 58
Hard Disk Surface Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 59
Hard Disk Quick Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 60
PCIBus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 61
Video Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 62
Network Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 63
CMOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 64
DRAM Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 65
Parallel Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 65
Diagnostics - Interactive Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 66
Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 66
Mouse (Trackball) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 67
Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 68
BEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 69
BEP Interactive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 69
Diagnostics - Service Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 70
Digital Receive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 70
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 74
GFI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 76
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 79
Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 81
Analog Receive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 82
Analog CW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 85
GRLY Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 89
I/O Board Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 91
Tx Power Supply Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 94
EPS Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 95
bayBIRD Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 95
Image Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 96
- xxxvii
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 97
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 98
Software Options Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 98
InSite ExC Agent Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 99
Utilities - Common Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 100
Event Log Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 100
Disruptive Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 102
Disk Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 103
IP Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 104
Network Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 105
Windows Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 106
User Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 107
Shared Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 108
System Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 109
Disk Defragmenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 110
Gather Logs Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 111
Image Viewer Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 112
Image Compress & Delete Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 113
Scanner Documentation Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 114
Distinct Network Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 115
Virtual Console Observation (VCO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 116
Telnet Server Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 117
Utilities - Scanner Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 118
Dicom Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 118
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 119
PM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 120
Exit From Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 120
Restart VIVID E9/VIVID E7 After Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 120

Motor Controller Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 121

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 123
Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 123
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 123
System Doesnt Power On / Boot Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 124
The ON/OFF Button is Dark (No Amber Light) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 124
Main Power Supply Start-up troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 124
Back End Processor (BEP) Boot Up Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 134
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 Doesnt Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 135
Intermittent No Boot with old Main Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 137
No Response from VIVID E9/VIVID E7 - Its Locked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 137
Unable to scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 138
Trackball troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 139
Monitor (Main LCD) troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 141

xxxviii -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Intermittent Blank, but


functional (responsive) Upper Panel Touch Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 142
Lower OP Panel contact point cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 142
Locating DRX Boards with CRC Error in logfile.txt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 144
XY Lock is not working . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 145
XY Brake Motors Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 145
Z Movement fails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 145
Difficult to lock and release the alphanumeric keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 146
USB Footswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 147
USB Device(s) stopped working . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 147
Peripheral Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 148
Contents in this subsection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 148
Internal Printer troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 149
CD/DVD Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 150
USB Harddrive Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 151
Network Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 152
No Connection to the Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 152
No Contact with EchoPAC PC, but
Network Connection Seems OK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 153
Database Startup Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 154
DICOM Related Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 155
Slow Response from DICOM Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 155
Images Remain in Spooler with Retry or Failed Status . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 155
Images Exit Spooler, But Do Not Display on Destination . . . . . . . . 7 - 155
Images Not Sorted Into the Single pt Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 155
Probe Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 156
i13L probe is not recognized on VIVID E9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 156
M5S-D probe, GE-3MIX, serial numbers below 1697 . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 156
TEE probe message: Scan-plane angle is inaccurate . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 156
TEE Probe Temperature Too High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 157
System Temperature Too High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 158
DVR Issue (BEP5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 158

Noise troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 159


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 159
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 159
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 160
General Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 160
EMI Prevention/abatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 161
Different Power Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 161
Different System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 161
Different Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 162
Disconnect External Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 162
Overview of Types of Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 162
Noise Picked up from the Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 162
- xxxix
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Noise Received via the External Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 162


Doppler Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 163
Intermittent Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 163
Motor Boat Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 163
Self Generated Noise (Noise Generated Inside
the VIVID E9/VIVID E7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 163
Heat Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 163
Hardware Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 163
Investigate the Type of Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 164
Power Cable Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 164
Noise in 2D Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 165
Noisy Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 166
Noise in Color Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 167
Noise in Doppler Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 168
Excessive Noise Lines when the cursor
is placed straight down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 168

How to Sort Text Log Files from the VIVID E9/VIVID E7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 169

xl -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

CHAPTER 8
Replacement procedures
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1
Purpose of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1
Contents in this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1

Warnings and important information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Returning/Shipping Probes and Repair Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Manpower - When two persons are needed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Tools needed for servicing VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

Definitions of Left, Right, Front and Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 7

Loading / Reloading the software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Software Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 models versus software requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
VIVID E9 models and hardware/software compatibility . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
VIVID E7 models and hardware/software compatibility . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 11
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 11
Customer provided prerequisite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 12
Tools provided with the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 at delivery or
after an upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 12
Data Management - moving all images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 13
Backing up the Patient Archive and System Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 13
Recording important settings and parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 14
When to load or reload the software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 15
Reloading the Software from Repository . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 16
Introduction to Software Reload from Repository . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 16
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 16
Starting the Software Reload from Repository . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 16
Initiate software reload from the Common Service Desktop . . . . . . 8 - 17
Initiate software reload from the Recovery Console . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 19
Loading the software from Usb Flash Drive (UFD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 21
Installing the System Software (only for BEP6 / BEPY3) . . . . . . . . . 8 - 21
Installing the Application Software (all BEPs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 22
Installing the Latest Microsoft Software Patches (all BEPs) . . . . . . 8 - 23
Installing the Translated User Manuals from UFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 23
Installing the Translated User Manuals from UFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 23
- xli
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Loading the Software - from DVD/CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 24


Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 24
Preparations for software loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 24
Boot from the System Software DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 25
Selecting installation (A, B or R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 26
Press A. Install System Software. (Erase all partitions) . . . . . . . . . .8 - 27
Press B. Repair/Upgrade Partitions C:\ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 40
Loading Software Patches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 45
Loading the Software - via InSite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 45
Verify the BIOS version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 45
Upgrade the BIOS version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 45
The BIOS Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 45
Setup after Software loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 46
Verifications after the software has been re-loaded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 46
Printer Driver Reload (from Remote) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 47
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 47
Printer Driver Reload Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 47
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 51

Replacing Covers and Bumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 52


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 52
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 52
Covers and Bumpers overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 53
Side Covers replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 55
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 55
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 55
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 55
Side Covers removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 55
Side Covers installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 57
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 57
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 57
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 58
Top Cover replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 59
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 59
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 59
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 59
Top Cover removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 60
Top Cover installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 61
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 61
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 61
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 62
Side Bumpers Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 63
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 63
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 63
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 63
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 63
xlii -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Side Bumpers removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 63


Side Bumpers installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 63
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 64
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 64
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 64
Foot Rest Bumper replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 65
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 65
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 65
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 65
Foot Rest Bumper removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 66
Foot Rest Bumper installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 67
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 67
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 67
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 67
Front Cover replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 68
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 68
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 68
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 68
Front Cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 69
Front Cover installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 69
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 69
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 70
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 70
Plate Connectors w/Guide replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 71
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 71
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 71
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 71
Plate Connectors w/Guide removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 71
Plate Connectors w/Guide installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 72
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 72
Filter Cover replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 73
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 73
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 73
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 73
Filter Cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 73
Filter Cover installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 74
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 74
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 74
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 75
Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 75
Rear Cover replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 76
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 76
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 76
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 76
Rear Cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 77
Rear Cover installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 78
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 79
- xliii
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 79
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 79
Door, I/O Panel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 80
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 80
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 80
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 80
Remove the I/O Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 81
Install the I/O Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 81
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 81
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 82
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 82
Cable Hooks replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 83
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 83
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 83
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 83
Cable Hook removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 84
Cable Hook installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 85
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 85
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 85
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 85
Rear Bumper replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 86
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 86
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 86
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 86
Rear Bumper removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 87
Rear Bumper installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 87
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 87
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 87
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 88
Rear Handle replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 89
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 89
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 89
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 89
Rear Handle removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 90
Rear Handle installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 90
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 90
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 90
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 91
Printer Filler Storage replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 92
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 92
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 92
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 92
Printer Filler Storage removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 92
Printer Filler Storage installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 92
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 93
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 93
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 93
xliv -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Column Cover Assembly replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 94


Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 94
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 94
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 94
Column Cover Assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 95
Column Cover Assembly Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 96
Calibration and Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 96
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 96
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 97
Main Cable Cover replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 98
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 98
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 98
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 98
Main Cable Cover removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 99
Main Cable Cover installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 100
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 100
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 100
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 101
Covers under XY / Frogleg motors replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 102
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 102
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 102
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 102
Covers under XY / Frogleg motors removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 102
Covers under XY / Frogleg motors installation procedure . . . . . . . . 8 - 104
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 104
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 104
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 105
Bulkhead Cover replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 106
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 106
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 106
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 106
Remove the Bulkhead Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 107
Install the Bulkhead Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 108
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 108
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 109
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 109
Bumper Boss Z Outer Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 110
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 110
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 110
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 110
Remove the Bumper Boss Z Outer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 110
Install the Bumper Boss Z Outer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 110
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 110
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 110
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 111

Top Console Parts Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 112


- xlv
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 112


Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 112

LCD Monitor and LCD Arm parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 113


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 113
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 113
Replacing the 17 LCD Monitor assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 113
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 113
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 113
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 113
Remove the 17 LCD Rear Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 114
Disconnect the 17 LCD Monitor Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 114
Remove the 17 LCD Monitor assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 115
Install the 17 LCD Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 116
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 117
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 117
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 118
Replacing the 19 LCD Monitor assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 119
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 119
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 119
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 119
Remove the 19 LCD Monitor Cables Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 120
Disconnect the 19 LCD Monitor Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 121
Remove the 19 LCD Monitor assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 122
Install the 19 LCD Monitor assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 123
Install the Monitor Cables Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 124
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 124
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 124
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 125
Replacing the LCD Arm assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 126
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 126
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 126
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 126
Disconnect the cables from the Bulkhead board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 127
Remove the LCD Arm assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 127
Install the LCD Arm assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 128
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 129
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 129
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 130
Replacing the LCD Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 131
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 131
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 131
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 131
Remove the LCD Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 132
Install the LCD Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 135
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 137
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 137
xlvi -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 137


LCD Mount Lock replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 138
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 138
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 138
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 138
LCD Mount Lock removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 139
LCD Mount Lock installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 139
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 139
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 140
17 LCD Firmware Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 141
Tools needed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 141
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 141
Upgrade Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 142
Change the Drive Letter on the memory stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 149
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 150
No Serial Communication to the Main Monitor
with SerialOSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 150
Error message displayed with Cfgworkbench tool
when new firmware is uploaded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 151

Upper Operator Panel parts replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 153


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 153
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 153
Replacing the Upper Operator Panel/Touch Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 154
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 154
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 154
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 155
Remove the Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 156
Install the Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 158
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 161
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 161
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 161
Replacing the Frame w/LCD and Touch Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 162
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 162
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 162
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 162
Remove the Frame w/LCD and Touch Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 163
Install the Frame w/LCD and Touch Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 165
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 166
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 166
Replacing the Main Controller Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 167
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 167
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 167
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 167
Remove the Main Controller Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 169
Main Controller Board installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 171
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 171
- xlvii
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 172
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 172
USB Connector Board replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 173
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 173
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 173
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 173
USB Connector Board removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 175
USB Connector Board installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 175
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 175
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 176
High Voltage Inverter Board with Cable replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 177
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 177
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 177
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 177
High Voltage Inverter Board with Cable removal procedure . . . . . . .8 - 179
High Voltage Inverter Board with Cable installation procedure . . . . .8 - 179
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 179
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 180
Upper Bezel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 181
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 181
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 181
Upper Bezel removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 181
Upper Bezel installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 181
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 181
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 182
Frame UI Upper replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 183
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 183
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 183
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 183
Remove the Frame UI Upper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 184
Install the Frame UI Upper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 184
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 185
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 185
Options Holder / Left or Right Support replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 186
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 186
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 186
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 186
Options Holder removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 187
Options Holder installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 187
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 187
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 188

Lower Operator Panel Parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 189


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 189
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 189
Knobs for Encoders and Slidepots replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 189

xlviii -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 189
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 189
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 189
Knobs for Encoders and Slidepots removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 189
Knobs for Encoders and Slidepots installation procedure . . . . . . . . 8 - 190
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 190
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 191
Replacing the Operator Panel, Lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 192
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 192
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 192
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 192
Remove the Operator Panel, Lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 193
Install the Operator Panel, Lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 195
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 195
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 196
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 197
Replacing the Trackball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 198
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 198
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 198
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 198
Remove the Trackball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 199
Install the Trackball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 200
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 200
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 201
Encoder Board replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 202
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 202
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 202
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 202
Encoder Board removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 203
Encoder Board installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 203
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 203
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 204
Lower Switch Board with Elastomer replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 205
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 205
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 205
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 205
Lower Switch Board with Elastomer removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 206
Lower Switch Board with Elastomer installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 207
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 207
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 207
Lower Bezel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 208
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 208
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 208
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 209
Remove the Lower Bezel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 209
Install the Lower Bezel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 210
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 210
- xlix
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 211
Lower Frame Assembly replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 212
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 212
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 212
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 212
Lower Frame Assembly removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 214
Lower Frame Assembly installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 215
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 215
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 215
Operator Panel Cable Kit Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 216
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 216
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 216
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 216
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 217
Disconnect the Trackball USB Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 218
Install the Trackball USB Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 218
Disconnect the USB Video Board Flex Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 218
Install the USB Video Board Flex Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 218
Disconnect the HV Inverter Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 218
Install the HV Inverter Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 219
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 219
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 220
Convert old style OP Lower to new style OP Lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 221
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 221
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 221

A/N Keyboard parts replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 223


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 223
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 223
Replacing the Alpha-Numeric Keyboard Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 224
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 224
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 224
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 224
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 224
Alphanumeric Keyboard Assembly removal procedure . . . . . . . . . .8 - 225
Alphanumeric Keyboard assembly installation procedure . . . . . . . . .8 - 226
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 226
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 226
Replacing the A/N Keyboard or the A/N Keyboard Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 227
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 227
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 227
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 227
Disassemble the A/N Keyboard and
the A/N Keyboard Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 228
Assemble the A/N Keyboard and
the A/N Keyboard Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 229

l -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Wagon AN Drawer Sheet Met. Assembly replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 231


Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 231
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 231
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 231
Wagon AN Drawer Sheet Met. Assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 232
Wagon AN Drawer Sheet Met. Assy installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 232
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 232
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 233
J-Rail Assy replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 234
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 234
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 234
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 234
J-Rail Assy removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 235
J-Rail Assy installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 235
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 235
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 236

Other Top Console Parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 237


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 237
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 237
Replacing the Speaker Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 238
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 238
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 238
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 238
Remove the Speaker Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 239
Install the Speaker Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 239
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 239
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 239
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 240
Replacing the Bulkhead Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 241
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 241
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 241
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 241
Remove the Bulkhead Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 243
Install the Bulkhead Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 243
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 243
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 244
Bulkhead, Plate, Extended replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 245
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 245
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 245
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 245
Remove the Bulkhead Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 246
Install the Bulkhead Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 246
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 246
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 247
Probe Cable Hook Twin replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 248
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 248
- li
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 248
Remove the Cable Hook, Twin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 248
Install the Cable Hook, Twin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 248
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 248
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 249
Non-Magnetic Touch Latch replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 250
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 250
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 250
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 250
Non-Magnetic Touch Latch removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 250
Non-Magnetic Touch Latch installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 250
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 250
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 251
Handle, Left Top / Handle Right Top, replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 252
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 252
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 252
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 252
Handle Left Top / Handle Right Top removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 253
Handle Left Top / Handle Right Top installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 253
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 253
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 254
Palm Rest ASSY replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 255
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 255
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 255
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 255
Palm Rest ASSY removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 256
Palm Rest ASSY installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 256
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 256
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 256
Replacing the Probe Holder Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 257
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 257
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 257
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 257
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 257
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 257
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 257
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 258
Replacing the Gel Cup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 259
Up-Down Button Board (Buttons Frame UI Assy) replacement . . . . . . . . .8 - 260
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 260
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 260
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 261
XYZ Buttons removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 261
XYZ Buttons installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 261
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 262
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 262
Button IF Board Assy replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 263
lii -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 263
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 263
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 263
Button IF Board removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 264
Button IF Board installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 264
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 264
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 265

Replacing XYZ Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 266


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 266
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 266
XY Mechanism replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 266
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 266
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 266
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 267
XY Mechanism removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 268
XY Mechanism installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 269
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 269
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 269
XY Brake Assy replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 270
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 270
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 270
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 270
XY-Brake Assy removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 271
XY-Brake Assy installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 273
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 273
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 273
XY Park Lock replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 274
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 274
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 274
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 274
XY Park Lock removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 274
XY Park Lock installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 274
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 275
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 275
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 275
Z-Mechanism replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 276
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 276
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 276
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 276
Z-Mechanism removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 278
Z-Mechanism installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 279
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 279
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 279
Drive Gear Assembly replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 280
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 280
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 280
- liii
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 280
Drive Gear Assembly removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 281
Drive Gear Assembly installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 281
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 282
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 282
XYZ Control Assembly replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 283
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 283
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 283
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 283
XYZ Control Assembly removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 284
XYZ Control Assembly installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 284
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 284
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 285

Main Console parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 286


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 286
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 286
Rear Filter and handle type Bottom Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 286
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 286
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 286
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 286
Remove and clean the filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 287
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 290
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 290
Rear Air Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 291
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 291
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 291
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 291
Filter removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 291
Filter installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 292
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 292
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 292
Bottom nylon strip Air Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 293
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 293
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 293
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 293
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 293
Filter removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 294
Filter Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 294
Filter installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 294
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 294
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 295
Fan Assembly replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 296
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 296
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 296
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 296
Fan Assembly removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 297
liv -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Fan Assembly installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 297


Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 298
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 298
Replacing Fan Screen and Fan Screen Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 299
Remove the Fan Screen and Fan Screen Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 299
Install the new Fan Screen and Fan Screen Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 299
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 300
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 300
Main Cable replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 301
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 301
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 301
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 301
Main Cable removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 302
Main Cable installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 303
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 304
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 304
Subwoofer replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 305
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 305
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 305
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 305
Sub Woofer removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 306
Sub woofer installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 307
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 307
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 307
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 307
Casters replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 308
Pedal Mechanism replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 308
Rear Handle replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 308
Covers replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 308
Power Supply replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 308
Front End parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 308
Back End parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 308

Casters and Brakes replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 309


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 309
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 309
Rear Casters replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 310
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 310
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 310
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 310
Rear Casters removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 311
Rear Casters installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 312
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 312
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 312
Front Casters replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 313
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 313
- lv
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 313
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 313
Front Casters removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 314
Front Casters installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 315
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 315
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 315
Pedal Mechanism replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 316
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 316
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 316
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 316
Pedal Mechanism removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 317
Pedal Mechanism installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 317
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 317
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 318
Brake Pedal replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 319
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 319
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 319
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 319
Brake Pedal removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 319
Brake Pedal installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 320
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 320
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 320
Pedal Release replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 320
Pedal Dir Lock replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 320

Front End Processor (FEP) / Card Cage parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 321


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 321
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 321
Front End parts overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 322
Front End (FEP) Cover replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 325
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 325
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 325
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 325
FEP Cover removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 326
FEP Cover installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 327
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 327
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 327
Front Plane / XD BUS replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 328
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 328
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 328
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 329
Front Plane Boards removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 330
Front Plane Cards installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 332
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 332
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 332
Relay Board (RLY) replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 333
lvi -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 333
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 333
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 334
Relay Board removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 335
Relay Board installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 335
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 335
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 335
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 336
Receiver Board (GRX) replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 337
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 337
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 337
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 338
GRX Board removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 339
GRX Board installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 339
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 339
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 339
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 340
Transmitter Board (GTX) replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 341
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 341
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 341
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 341
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 342
GTX Board removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 344
GTX Board installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 344
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 344
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 344
Digital Receiver Board (DRX) replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 345
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 345
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 345
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 346
DRX Board removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 347
DRX Board installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 347
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 347
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 347
GFI Board replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 348
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 348
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 348
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 348
GFI Board removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 349
GFI Board installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 349
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 349
Collect error logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 350
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 350
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 350
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 Card Rack replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 351
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 351
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 351
- lvii
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 351
Vivid E9 Card Rack removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 353
Vivid E9 Card Rack installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 354
Programming Backplane Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 355
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 357
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 358
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 358

Back End Processor (BEP) parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 359


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 359
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 359
Back End Processor parts overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 360
Back End Processor (BEP) replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 361
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 361
Software requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 361
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 361
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 361
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 362
Back End Processor (BEP) removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 363
Prepeare the new BEP for installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 365
Back End Processor (BEP) installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 366
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 367
Verification after HDD or BEP replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 367
Functional Checks after BEP parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 367
Back End Processor Power Supply replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 368
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 368
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 368
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 368
Remove BEP6 Power Board Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 369
Install the BEP6 Power Board Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 370
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 370
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 370
Remove BEP5 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 371
Install BEP5 Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 372
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 372
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 372
Hard Disk Drive (HDD) replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 373
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 373
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 373
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 373
BEP6 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 375
BEP6 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 376
BEP5 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 377
BEP5 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 378
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 378
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 378
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 378
lviii -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Graphics Adapter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 379


Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 379
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 379
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 380
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 380
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 380
Preparations - BEP5/BEP6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 381
Removing the Graphics Adapter from the BEP6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 382
Installing the Graphics Adapter in the BEP6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 383
Removing the Video Bypass Board in the BEP6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 385
Installing the Video Bypass Board in the BEP6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 385
Removing the Graphics Adapter from the BEP5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 386
Cables for the Prolink Add2 card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 387
Cables for the ATI FireGL V7200 card - BEP5 . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 387
Cables for the Nvidia Quadro FX1800 /
Nvidia Quadro 2000D - BEP5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 388
Installing the Graphics Adapter in the BEP5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 389
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 389
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 390
I/O Board Assembly replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 390
Patient I/O replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 390
BEP Front Module replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 391
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 391
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 391
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 391
Front Module removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 392
Front Module installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 393
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 393
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 393
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 394
Digital Video Stream Recorder (DVR) replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 394
BEP6 Fan replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 395
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 395
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 395
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 396
Back End Processor Fan removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 396
Back End Processor Fan installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 397
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 397
BEP Power In Cable replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 398
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 398
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 398
BEP Power In Cable removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 398
BEP Power In Cable installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 399
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 399
SATA Jumper replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 400
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 400
SATA Jumper removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 400
- lix
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

SATA Jumper installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 400


Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 400
Patient I/O Interface Cable replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 401
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 401
Patient I/O Interface Cable removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 401
Patient I/O Interface Cable installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 402
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 402
Video Jumper (Flex) replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 403
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 403
Video Jumper (Flex) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 403
Video Jumper (Flex) installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 403
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 403
DVI to Samtec Jumper (Flex) replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 404
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 404
DVI to Samtec Jumper (Flex) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 404
DVI to Samtec Jumper (Flex) installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 405
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 405
SATA Cable - DVR to BEP6 MBD replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 406
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 406
SATA Cable - DVR to BEP6 MBD removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 406
SATA Cable - DVR to BEP6 MBD installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 406
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 406
DVI Flex Main Yggdrasil replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 407
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 407
DVI Flex Main Yggdrasil removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 407
DVI Flex Main Yggdrasil installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 407
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 407
DVR Audio cable replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 408
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 408
DVR Audio cable removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 408
DVR Audio cable installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 408
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 408
BEP6 to GFI and Card Rack Backplane Cable replacement . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 409
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 409
BEP6 to GFI and Card Rack Backplane Cable removal . . . . . . . . . .8 - 410
BEP6 to GFI and Card Rack Backplane Cable installation . . . . . . . .8 - 410
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 410

Main Power Supply replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 411


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 411
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 411
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 411
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 411
Main Power Supply removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 413
Main Power Supply installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 414
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 414
lx -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Collect error logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 414


Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 415

I/O Modules replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 416


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 416
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 416
Patient I/O Assembly replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 416
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 416
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 416
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 416
Patient I/O module removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 417
Patient I/O installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 417
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 418
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 419
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 419
Side I/O Board Assembly replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 420
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 420
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 420
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 420
BEP6 Side I/O Board Assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 421
BEP6 Side I/O Board Assembly installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 422
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 422
BEP5 I/O Board Assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 423
BEP5 I/O Board Assembly installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 424
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 424
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 424

Peripherals replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 425


Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 425
Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 425
Internal Peripherals overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 425
DVD R/W drive replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 426
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 426
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 426
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 426
DVD R/W drive removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 427
DVD R/W drive installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 427
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 427
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 428
Digital Video Recorder (DVR) replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 429
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 429
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 429
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 429
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 430
BEP6 - Digital Video Recorder removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 431
BEP5 - Digital Video Recorder removal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 432
- lxi
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

BEP6 - Digital Video Recorder installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 433


BEP5 - Digital Video Recorder installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 435
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 435
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 436
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 437
Black & White Digital Graphic Printer replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 438
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 438
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 438
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 438
Black & White Digital Graphic Printer removal procedure . . . . . . . . .8 - 439
BW Printer Filler Storage Box removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 439
Black & White Digital Graphic Printer installation procedure . . . . . . .8 - 439
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 439
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 440
External Peripherals overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 440
External USB Storage Drive w/RAID replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 440
USB Flash Card replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 440
Removing the USB Flash Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 440
Installing the USB Flash Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 440
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 440
Color Video Printer Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 441
Manpower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 441
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 441
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 441
Color Video Printer removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 441
Color Video Printer installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 441
Calibration and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 441
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 442

Cables replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 443


LCD Monitor Cables replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 443
Main Cable replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 443
OP Cable Kit replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 443
BEP6 Internal Cables replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 443
GFI PCIe Cable replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 444
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 444
Remove the GFI PCIe Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 444
Install the GFI PCIe Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 444
Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 445

Verification - Functional Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 446


Service Dispatch Debriefing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 446

lxii -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

CHAPTER 9
Renewal parts
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1
Purpose of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1
Contents in this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1

Definitions of Left, Right, Front and Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 2

List of Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 3

Parts list groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 4

VIVID E9/VIVID E7 models and hardware/software compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 7


VIVID E9 models and hardware/software compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 7

Software overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 10
Content in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 10
XDclear Software (Application Software Version 113) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 10
Software on UFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 10
System Software used for XDclear (BT13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 10
Application Software used for XDclear (BT13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 11
Software Patches and Miscellaneous Software used
for XDclear (BT13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 11
BT12 Software (Application Software Version 112) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 12
System Software used for BT12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 12
Application Software used for BT12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 13
Software Patches and Miscellaneous Software used for BT12 . . . 9 - 14
BT11 Software (Application Software Version 110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 16
System Software used for BT11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 16
Application Software used for BT11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 17
Software Patches used for BT11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 18
Miscellaneous Software used for BT11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 20
BT09 Software (Application software v108.x.x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 21
System Software and Application Software used for BT09 . . . . . . . 9 - 21
Software Patches and Miscellaneous Software used for BT09 . . . 9 - 22

Covers and Bumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 23

Top Console parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 28


Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 28
LCD Monitor parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 28
Operator Panel (OP) parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 30
OP-6 parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 30
OP-5 parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 32

- lxiii
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

OP-4 parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 34
OP-3 parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 36
OP-2 specific parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 39
OP 1 specific parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 41
Top Console PCBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 43
Trackball parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 46
Operator Panel Cable Kit for VIVID E9/VIVID E7 and Logiq E9 . . . . . . . . .9 - 47
Button Kits and Knobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 49
Alphanumeric (AN) Keyboard parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 56
AN Keyboard Keysonic KSK-5001 U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 56
Keyboard - 1st version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 58
Common Top Console parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 61

XYZ parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 69

Main Console parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 71

Casters (Wheels) parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 73

Front End Processor (FEP) Card Rack parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 75


Front End Processor Card Rack - BT11/BT12 and XDclear with 2D . . . . .9 - 75
Front End Processor Card Rack - BT11/BT12 and XDclear with
4D Expert Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 77
Front End Processor Card Rack - BT09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 79

Back End Processor (BEP) Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 81


Content in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 81
BEP6 Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 81
BEP5 Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 83

Main Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 86

I/O modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 87

Peripherals for VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 88


Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 88
Peripherals Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 88
DVD drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 88
Printer, Internal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 89
Printers, External - USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 89
Printers, Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 90
Digital Video Stream Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 92
USB Flash Drive (UFD) for data storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 92
USB Hard Drive with RAID1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 93

lxiv -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

USB Hard Drive 2TB with RAID1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 94

Mains Power Cables - VIVID E9/VIVID E7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 95

Internal Cables - VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 96


Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 96
Cable Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 96
Top Console Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 99
XYZ Controller cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 101
Main Power Supply cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 103
Front End Processor (FEP) cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 104
Back End Processor (BEP) cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 105
Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 105
BEP6 cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 105
BEP5 cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 112
Peripherals Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 116

ECG cables - VIVID E9/VIVID E7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 118

Labels VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 120

Physio TX Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 121

Probes for VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 122

Probe Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 124


Probe Service Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 124
Other Probe Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 125

Options - VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 126


Options - VIVID E9/VIVID E7 - XDclear, application software v113 . . . . . . 9 - 126
Options - VIVID E9 - BT12, application software v112.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 129
Options - VIVID E9 - BT11, application software v110.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 131
Options - VIVID E9 - BT09, application software v108.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 132

Kits - VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 133


Service kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 133
Hardware Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 134
Upgrade kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 138
Language kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 139

Product Manuals for VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 140


Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 140
Product manuals for VIVID E9 XDclear, S/W v113.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 141

- lxv
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Product manuals for VIVID E7 with XDclear, S/W v113.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 143


Product manuals for BT12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 144
Product manuals for BT11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 146
Product manuals for BT09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 148
Probes Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 150
6VT-D Probe Care Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 150
6T/6T-RS/6Tc/6Tc-RS/6Tv/9T/9T-RS Probe Care Cards . . . . . . . . .9 - 150
TEE Probes user manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 151
TEE Probe Accessories user manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 152
Intraoperative Probes Users Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 153

Packing parts for reshipment of the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 154

lxvi -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

CHAPTER 10
Care & maintenance
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1
Periodic maintenance inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1
Purpose of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1
Contents in this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 2

Why do maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 2
Keeping records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 2
Quality assurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 2

Maintenance task schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 3


How often should maintenance tasks be performed? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 3

Tools required. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 5
Special tools, supplies and equipment used for maintenance . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 6

System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 7
Preliminary checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 7
Functional checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 8
System checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 8
Peripheral/option checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 9
Mains cable inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 9
Optional diagnostic checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 9
View the logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 9
Physical inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 10
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 11
General cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 11
Air Filter cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 12
Probe maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 13
Probe related checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 13
Basic probe care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 13
Cleaning and disinfecting probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 14
Cleaning probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 14
Cleaning TEE probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 15
Disinfecting probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 17

Using a Phantom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 19

Electrical Safety Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 20


Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 20
Safety Test Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 21
Leakage Current Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 22
- lxvii
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Outlet Test - Wiring Arrangement - USA & Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 24


Grounding Continuity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 25
Chassis Leakage Current Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 26
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 26
Generic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 27
Data sheet for enclosure/chassis leakage current . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 28
Isolated patient lead (source) leakagelead to ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 29
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 29
Generic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 30
Isolated patient lead (source) leakagelead to lead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 31
Lead to lead leakage test record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 31
Isolated patient lead (sink) leakage-isolation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 32
Isolated lead (sink) leakage test record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 32
Probe leakage current test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 33
Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 33
Generic procedure on probe leakage current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 34
Mains on applied part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 37

When there's too much leakage current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 39


Chassis Fails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 39
Probe Fails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 39
Peripheral Fails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 39
Still Fails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 39
New Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 39
ECG Fails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 39

Ultrasound Equipment Quality Check (EQC and IQC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 40

lxviii -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 1
Introduction

Section 1-1
Overview
1-1-1 Purpose of this chapter
This chapter describes important issues related to safely servicing VIVID E9/VIVID E7. The service
provider must read and understand all the information presented here before installing or servicing a
unit.

1-1-2 Contents in this chapter


1-1 Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1-2 Service manual overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-3 Important conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
1-4 Safety considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
1-5 Labels locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
1-6 Dangerous procedure warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-44
1-7 Lockout/Tagout (LOTO) requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
1-8 Returning/Shipping Probes and Repair Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-46
1-9 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47
1-10 Customer assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1-1


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Section 1-2
Service manual overview
The service manual provides installation and service information for the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 ultrasound
scanning unit. It is divided in 10 chapters as shown below, in Table 1-1 "Contents in this service manual"
on page 1-2.

1-2-1 Contents in this section


1-2-1 Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-2-2 Contents in this manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
1-2-3 Typical users of the Basic Service Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1-2-4 Typical users of the Proprietary Service Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
1-2-5 VIVID E9 models covered by this manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1-2-6 VIVID E7 models covered by this manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
1-2-7 Product description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

1-2-2 Contents in this manual


The service manual is divided into ten chapters.

In the beginning of the manual, before chapter 1, you will find the language policy for GEs service
documentation, legal information, a revision overview and the Table of Contents (TOC).

An Index has been included after chapter 10.

Table 1-1 Contents in this service manual

CHAPTER
NUMBER CHAPTER TITLE DESCRIPTION
1 Introduction Contains a content summary and warnings.

2 Site preparations Contains pre-installation requirements for the VIVID E9/VIVID E7.

3 System setup Contains installation procedure with installation checklist.

4 Contains functional checks that must be performed as part of the


General procedures and Functional installation, or as required during servicing and periodic
checks
maintenance.

5 Contains block diagrams and functional explanations of the


Components and functions (theory) electronics.

6 Contains instructions on how to make any available adjustments to


Service adjustments
the VIVID E9/VIVID E7.

7 Provides procedures for running and diagnostic or related routines


Diagnostics / troubleshooting
for the VIVID E9/VIVID E7.

8 Provides disassembly procedures and reassembly procedures for all


Replacement procedures changeable FRU.

9 Renewal parts Contains a complete list of replacement parts for VIVID E9/VIVID E7.

10 Care & maintenance Provides periodic maintenance procedures for VIVID E9/VIVID E7.

N/A Index A quick way to the topic youre looking for.

1-2 Section 1-2 - Service manual overview


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

1-2-3 Typical users of the Basic Service Manual


Service Personnel (setup, maintenance, etc.)
Hospitals Service Personnel
Architectural Planners/Installation Planners (some parts of Chapter 2 - Site preparations)

1-2-4 Typical users of the Proprietary Service Manual


GEHC Service Personnel (setup, maintenance, etc.)
GEHC Online Center Personnel
Licensed Hospital's Service Providers

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1-3


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

1-2-5 VIVID E9 models covered by this manual

Table 1-2 VIVID E9 Models and Hardware/Software Compatibility sheet 1 of 3

FRONT END SYSTEM APPLICATION CAN BE


MODEL PROCESSOR BACK END SOFTWARE SOFTWARE UPGRADED
NUMBER DESCRIPTION CARD RACK PROCESSOR VERSION(s) VERSION(S) TO

GB200063 or
Vivid E9 with XDclear 4D Expert Option GA200824
GB000070
17 inch LCD (100-230V) VE9 Card Rack
Complete with
MLA16, GB200001
4D TEE BEP6 w/4D
Vivid E9 with XDclear 4D Expert Option backplane,
GB000080 192 RX channels
19 inch LCD (100-230V)
and one TX card
with 192 channels
v104.3.5 v113.0 or higher N/A
Vivid E9 with XDclear 2D 17 inch LCD
GB000075
(100-230V)

GB000085 Vivid E9 with XDclear 2D 19 inch LCD GB200062 or


(100-230V) GA200804 GB200002
Vivid E9 with XDclear Pro configuration VE9 Card Rack BEP6 wo/4D
GB000090 Complete w. MLA4
17 inch Monitor (100-230V)

Vivid E9 with XDclear Pro configuration


GB000095
19 inch Monitor (100-230V)

GB200001 v104.3.4
v112.0.7 or higher v113.x
BEP6 w/4D (or higher)

GB200003
BEP5 w/4D v104.3.3
Vivid E9 100-230V 4D Expert Option v112.0.x or higher v113.x
GA000940 Nvidia Quadro (or higher)
- 17 LCD
GB200063 or 2000D
GA200824
VE9 Card Rack GA200890
Complete with BEP5 w/4D v104.3.x v112.0.x or higher v113.x
MLA16, Nvidia
4D TEE
backplane, GB200001 v104.3.4
v112.0.7 or higher v113.x
192 RX channels BEP6 w/4D (or higher)
and one TX card
with 192 channels GB200003
Vivid E9 100-230V 4D Expert Option BEP5 w/4D v104.3.3
GA000950 v112.0.x or higher v113.x
- 19 LCD Nvidia Quadro (or higher)
2000D

GA200890
v104.3.x v112.0.x or higher v113.x
BEP w/4D Nvidia

1-4 Section 1-2 - Service manual overview


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Table 1-2 VIVID E9 Models and Hardware/Software Compatibility (contd) sheet 2 of 3

FRONT END SYSTEM APPLICATION CAN BE


MODEL PROCESSOR BACK END SOFTWARE SOFTWARE UPGRADED
NUMBER DESCRIPTION CARD RACK PROCESSOR VERSION(s) VERSION(S) TO

Vivid E9 100-230V BT12 Pro


GB000040 v113.x
Configuration - 17 LCD GB200002 v104.3.4
v112.1.0 or higher
BEP6 wo/4D (or higher)
Vivid E9 100-230V BT12 Pro
GB000050 v113.x
Configuration - 19 LCD

GB200002
GB200062 or v104.3.x v112.0.6 or higher v113.x
Vivid E9 100-230V 2D BEP6 wo/4D
GA000945 GA200804
- 17 LCD VE9 Card Rack GA200900
Complete w. MLA4 BEP5 wo/4D v104.3.x v112.0.x or higher v113.x

GB200002
v104.3.x v112.0.6 or higher v113.x
BEP6 wo/4D
GA000955 Vivid E9 100-230V 2D
- 19 LCD
GA200900
v104.3.x v112.0.x or higher v113.x
BEP5 wo/4D

GB200001
v110.1.12
BEP6 w/4D

GA200890 or v104.3.x
GA200800
v110.1.x
VIVID E9 100-230V 4D Expert Option BEP5 w/4D
GA000810 v113.x
- 17 LCD Nvidia

GA200890 or
GA200800 v104.2.x
v110.0.x
BEP5 w/4D v104.1.x
GA200824 or Nvidia
GB200063
VE9 Card Rack GB200001
v104.3.x v110.1.12
Complete with BEP6 w/4D
MLA16,
4D TEE backplane GA200890 or
and GA200800
v104.3.2 v110.1.x
192 RX channels BEP5 w/4D
Nvidia
VIVID E9 100-230V 4D Expert Option
GA000815 GA200890 or v113.x
- 19 LCD
GA200800
v104.3.2 v110.1.x
BEP5 w/4D
Nvidia

GA200890 or
GA200800 v104.2.x
v110.0.x
BEP5 w/4D v104.1.x
Nvidia

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1-5


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Table 1-2 VIVID E9 Models and Hardware/Software Compatibility (contd) sheet 3 of 3

FRONT END SYSTEM APPLICATION CAN BE


MODEL PROCESSOR BACK END SOFTWARE SOFTWARE UPGRADED
NUMBER DESCRIPTION CARD RACK PROCESSOR VERSION(s) VERSION(S) TO

GB200002
v110.1.12
BEP6 wo/4D v104.3.x
GA000830 VIVID E9 100-230V 2D - 17 LCD v110.1.x v113.x
GA200900 or
GA200805
GA200804 or v104.2.x
BEP5 wo/4D v110.0.x
GB200062 v104.1.x
VE9 Card Rack GB200002
Complete w. MLA4 v110.1.12
BEP6 wo/4D v104.3.x
GA000835 VIVID E9 100-230V 2D - 19 LCD v110.1.x v113.x
GA200900 or
GA200805
v104.2.x
BEP5 wo/4D v110.0.x
v104.1.x

GA200744 v113.x

GA200890,
GA000100 VIVID E9, 100-230 VAC (with 4D) GA200800 or v113.x
v104.0.x v108.x.x
5145000-10 NOTE!
BEP5 w/4D Hardware
GA200035
update or box
(console) swap
required.

NOTE: When not otherwise specified, the contents in this manual applies to all VIVID E9 models.

1-2-6 VIVID E7 models covered by this manual

Table 1-3 VIVID E7 Models and Hardware/Software Compatibility

FRONT END SYSTEM APPLICATION CAN BE


MODEL PROCESSOR BACK END SOFTWARE SOFTWARE UPGRADED
NUMBER DESCRIPTION CARD RACK PROCESSOR VERSION(s) VERSION(S) TO

VIVID E7 Pro with XDclear configuration


GB000099 GB200062
- 17 inch LCD GB200002
VE9 Card Rack v104.3.5 v113.0 or higher N/A
BEP6 wo/4D
GB000100 VIVID E7 Pro with XDclear configuration Complete w. MLA4
- 19 inch LCD

NOTE: When not otherwise specified, the contents in this manual applies to all VIVID E7 models.

1-6 Section 1-2 - Service manual overview


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

1-2-7 Product description

1-2-7-1 Contents in this sub-section


1-2-7-1 Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
1-2-7-2 Overview of the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 ultrasound scanners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
1-2-7-3 History - hardware/software versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
1-2-7-4 History - peripherals/software versions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
1-2-7-5 FRUs for Back End Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
1-2-7-6 History - supported probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
1-2-7-7 How to turn the scanner ON and OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
1-2-7-8 How to check for hardware/software version and installed options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
1-2-7-9 Purpose of the operator manual(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1-7


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

1-2-7-2 Overview of the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 ultrasound scanners


The VIVID E9 and VIVID E7 ultrasound scanners are high performance digital ultrasound imaging
systems with total data management.

The system provides image generation in 4D (VIVID E9 Expert), 2D (B) Mode, Color Doppler, Power
Doppler (Angio), M-Mode, Color M-Mode, PW and CW Doppler spectra, Tissue Velocity imaging,
Advanced Strain and Contrast applications. The fully digital architecture of the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 unit
allows optimal usage of all scanning modes and probe types, throughout the full spectrum of operating
frequencies.

Signal flow from the Probe Connector Panel to the Front End, and then over to the Back End Processor
and finally to the monitor and peripherals.

System configuration is stored on the hard drive in the Back End Processor.

All necessary software is loaded from the hard drive on power up.

Figure 1-1 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 major components

MAIN MONITOR

UPPER PANEL
WITH STEREO LOUDSPEAKERS
AND TOUCH MONITOR
OPERATOR PANEL
ALPHANUMERIC
KEYBOARD
B/W VIDEO PRINTER DVD PLAYER
DVD RECORDER
DOPPLER (PEDOF) CONNECTOR
PATIENT I/O
PROBE CONNECTORS

BRAKE PEDALS

1-2-7-3 History - hardware/software versions


Please refer to Section 9-6 "Software overview" on page 9-10.

1-2-7-4 History - peripherals/software versions


Please refer to Section 9-16 "Peripherals for VIVID E9/VIVID E7" on page 9-88.

1-2-7-5 FRUs for Back End Processor


Please refer to Section 9-13 "Back End Processor (BEP) Spare Parts" on page 9-81.

1-8 Section 1-2 - Service manual overview


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

1-2-7-6 History - supported probes


Please refer to Section 9-22 "Probes for VIVID E9/VIVID E7" on page 9-122.

1-2-7-7 How to turn the scanner ON and OFF


To turn the scanner ON see: 4-2-3 "Power ON/Boot Up" on page 4-4.
To turn the scanner OFF see: 4-2-4 "Power shut down" on page 4-8.

1-2-7-8 How to check for hardware/software version and installed options


To verify the hardware versions on the boards, please refer to Section 9-5 "VIVID E9/VIVID E7
models and hardware/software compatibility" on page 9-7
Please refer to 4-4-1 "Software Configuration Checks" on page 4-79 to check the software versions
on local software on the boards.
Please refer to Section 4-3 "Functional checks" on page 4-60 to check for installed options.

1-2-7-9 Purpose of the operator manual(s)


The operator manuals should be fully read and understood before operating the VIVID E9/VIVID E7.

The online versions of the operator manuals are available via the Help function on VIVID E9/VIVID E7s
operator panel.

The translated online user manuals are available on a CD-ROM or on a USB Flash Drive (UFD)
delivered with the system. They are also available on the Common Documentation Library (CDL) for
downloading.

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1-9


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Section 1-3
Important conventions
1-3-1 Contents in this section
1-3-1 Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
1-3-2 Conventions used in this book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
1-3-3 Standard hazard icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
1-3-4 Product icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12

1-3-2 Conventions used in this book

1-3-2-1 Model designations


This manual covers the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 scanners listed in 1-2-5 "VIVID E9 models covered by this
manual" on page 1-4.

1-3-2-2 Icons
Pictures, or icons, are used wherever they will reinforce the printed message. The icons, labels and
conventions used on the product and in the service information are described in this chapter.

1-3-2-3 Safety precaution messages


Various levels of safety precaution messages may be found on the equipment and in the service
information. The different levels of concern are identified by a flag word that precedes the precautionary
message. Known or potential hazards to personal are labeled in one of three ways:

DANGER
WARNING
CAUTION
When a hazard is present that can cause property damage, but has absolutely no personal injury risk,
a NOTICE is used.

DANGER DANGER IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD THAT WILL


CAUSE SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH IF THE INSTRUCTIONS ARE
IGNORED.
WARNING WARNING IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD THAT CAN CAUSE
SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE IF INSTRUCTIONS ARE
IGNORED.

CAUTION CAUTION IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD THAT WILL OR CAN CAUSE
MINOR PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE IF INSTRUCTIONS ARE IGNORED.
EQUIPMENT DAMAGE POSSIBLE.

NOTICE Notice is used when a hazard is present that can cause property damage but has absolutely no
personal injury risk.

Example: Disk drive may crash.

NOTE: Notes are used to provide important information about an item or a procedure.

NOTE: Be sure to read the notes; the information contained in a note can often save you time or effort.

1 - 10 Section 1-3 - Important conventions


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

1-3-3 Standard hazard icons

Important information will always be preceded by the exclamation point contained within a triangle,
as seen throughout this chapter. In addition to text, several different graphical icons (symbols) may be
used to make you aware of specific types of hazards that could possibly cause harm. Even if a symbol
isnt used in this manual, it may be included for your reference.

Table 1-4 Standard hazard icons

ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL RADIATION

LASER HEAT PINCH

LASER
LIGHT
OR

Some others icons make you aware of specific procedures that should be followed.

Table 1-5 Standard Icons that indicates that a special procedure is to be used

AVOID STATIC ELECTRICITY TAG AND LOCK OUT WEAR EYE PROTECTION

TAG
&
LOCKOUT

Signed Date

OR

HAND PROTECTION FOOT PROTECTION

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1 - 11
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

1-3-4 Product icons


The following table describes the purpose and location of safety labels and other important information
provided on the equipment.

Table 1-6 Product icons sheet 1 of 4

LABEL/SYMBOL PURPOSE/MEANING LOCATION

- Manufacturer's name and address


- Date of manufacture
Identification and Rating Plate Rear of console near power inlet
- Model and serial numbers
- Electrical ratings

Used to indicate the degree of safety or


Type/Class Label Rear of console
protection.

Equipment Type BF (man in the box


Probe connectors including Doppler probe
symbol) IEC 878-02-03 indicates B Type
connector
equipment having a floating applied part.

Equipment Type CF (heart in the box


symbol) IEC 878-02-05 indicates Probe connectors and ECG connector.
equipment having a floating applied part On newer systems also on the rear of the
having a degree of protection suitable for system.
direct cardiac contact.

DEFIBRILLATOR-PROOF TYPE CF
At the ECG connector on front of system.
EQUIPMENT.

Laboratory logo or labels denoting


Device Listing/Certification Labels conformance with industry safety Rear of console
standards such as UL or IEC.

CAUTION - This unit weighs Special


care must be used to avoid
This precaution is intended to prevent
injury that may result if one person attempt On the console where easily seen during
to move the unit considerable distances or transport
on an incline due to the weight of the unit.

Do not push VIVID E9/VIVID E7 sideways


when casters are in break position. Both sides of Top Console
Instability may occur.

DANGER - Risk of explosion used in The system is not designed for use with Rear of console
flammable anesthetic gases.

1 - 12 Section 1-3 - Important conventions


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Table 1-6 Product icons (contd) sheet 2 of 4

LABEL/SYMBOL PURPOSE/MEANING LOCATION

The system is not designed for use with Rear of console


flammable anesthetic gases.

VIVID E9/VIVID E7 SCANNERS VIVID E9/VIVID E7 SCANNERS


TESTED AND PRODUCTION
MONITORED BY TUV PRODUCT
SERVICE NRTL WITH RESPECT TO REAR OF CONSOLE ON VIVID E9/
ELECTRICAL SHOCK, FIRE AND VIVID E7
MECHANICAL HAZARDS ONLY IN
ACCORDANCE WITH UL2601-1 AND
CAN/CSA C22.2 NO.601.1

This unit carries the CE mark.


The VIVID E9/VIVID E7 unit complies with
regulatory requirements of the European
Directive 93/ 42/EEC concerning medical
devices. REAR OF CONSOLE
It also complies with emission limits for a
Group 1, Class B Medical Device as stated
in EN 60601-1-2
(IEC 60601-1-2).

CAUTION The equilateral triangle is


usually used in combination with other VARIOUS
symbols to advise or warn the user.

ATTENTION - Consult accompanying


documents
is intended to alert the user to refer to the
VARIOUS
operator manual or other instructions
when complete information cannot be
provided on the label.

CAUTION - Dangerous voltage


(the lightning flash with arrowhead in
VARIOUS
equilateral triangle) is used to indicate
electric shock hazards.

PINCH POINT
Indicates moving parts that may cause VARIOUS
injury (such as LCD arm)

Mains OFF REAR OF SYSTEM ADJACENT TO


Indicates the power off position of the
MAINS SWITCH
mains power switch.

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1 - 13
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Table 1-6 Product icons (contd) sheet 3 of 4

LABEL/SYMBOL PURPOSE/MEANING LOCATION

Mains ON
Indicates the Power ON position of the
mains power switch.
ON Indicates the power on position of the
power switch. Rear of system
CAUTION
THE ON/OFF BUTTON ON THE
OPERATOR PANEL DOES NOT
ISOLATE MAINS SUPPLY
On/off button
CAUTION
SYSTEM SHUTDOWN USING THE ON/
OFF BUTTON DOES NOT DISCONNECT
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 FROM MAINS
VOLTAGE. Operating Panel
For disconnecting VIVID E9/VIVID E7
from mains voltage after system
shutdown, please set the circuit breaker
close to the mains inlet to OFF as
described in
4-2-4 "Power shut down" on page 4-8.

Protective Earth USED SEVERAL PLACES INSIDE THE


Indicates the protective earth (grounding)
SCANNER.
terminal.

Equipotential
Indicates the terminal to be used for
connecting equipotential conductors when REAR OF CONSOLE
interconnecting (grounding) with other
equipment as described in IEC60601-1.

This symbol indicates that waste electrical


and electronic equipment must not be
disposed of as unsorted municipal waste
and must be collected separately. Please
REAR OF CONSOLE
contact an authorized representative of
the manufacturer for information
concerning the decommissioning of your
equipment.

1 - 14 Section 1-3 - Important conventions


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Table 1-6 Product icons (contd) sheet 4 of 4

LABEL/SYMBOL PURPOSE/MEANING LOCATION

This product consists of devices that may


contain mercury, which must be recycled
or disposed of in accordance with local,
REAR OF LCD Monitor
state, or country laws. (Within this system,
the backlight lamps in the monitor display,
contain mercury.)

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1 - 15
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Section 1-4
Safety considerations
1-4-1 Contents in this section
1-4-1 Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
1-4-2 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
1-4-3 Human safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
1-4-4 Mechanical safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
1-4-5 Electrical safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21

1-4-2 Introduction
The following safety precautions must be observed during all phases of operation, service and repair of
this equipment. Failure to comply with these precautions or with specific warnings elsewhere in this
manual, violates safety standards of design, manufacture and intended use of the equipment.

1-4-3 Human safety


Operating personnel must not remove the system covers.
Servicing should be performed by authorized personnel only.
Only personnel who have participated in a VIVID E9/VIVID E7 Training Seminar are authorized to
service the equipment.
Local laws may restrict this device for sale or use by or on the order of a physician.

NOTE: For VIVID E9 Vet, local laws may restrict this device for sale or use by or on the order of a
veterinarian.

DANGER DANGEROUS VOLTAGES, CAPABLE OF CAUSING DEATH, ARE PRESENT IN


THIS EQUIPMENT. USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN HANDLING, TESTING AND
ADJUSTING.

WARNING IF THE COVERS ARE REMOVED FROM AN OPERATING VIVID E9/VIVID E7, SOME
METAL SURFACES MAY BE WARM ENOUGH TO POSE A POTENTIAL HEAT HAZARD
IF TOUCHED, EVEN WHILE IN SHUT DOWN MODE.

WARNING BECAUSE OF THE LIMITED ACCESS TO CABINETS AND EQUIPMENT IN THE FIELD,
PLACING PEOPLE IN AWKWARD POSITIONS, GE HAS LIMITED THE LIFTING WEIGHT
FOR ONE PERSON IN THE FIELD TO 16 KG (35 LBS). ANYTHING OVER 16 KG (35 LBS)
REQUIRES 2 PEOPLE.

WARNING HAVE TWO PEOPLE AVAILABLE TO DELIVER AND UNPACK THE VIVID E9/VIVID E7.
ATTEMPTS TO MOVE THE UNIT CONSIDERABLE DISTANCES OR ON AN INCLINE BY
ONE PERSON COULD RESULT IN INJURY OR DAMAGE OR BOTH.

1 - 16 Section 1-4 - Safety considerations


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

1-4-3 Human safety (contd)

WARNING WHEN THE TOP CONSOLE IS IN ITS LOCKED POSITION, THE GAS SHOCK IS
COMPRESSED AND STORES MECHANICAL ENERGY.
DURING NORMAL OPERATION THE TOP CONSOLE, THE WEIGHT OF THE MONITOR
AND THE MECHANICAL FORCE OF THE GAS SHOCK ARE IN BALANCE. TAKE CARE
IF/WHEN YOU ACTIVATE THIS GAS SHOCK.
PERSONAL INJURY CAN OCCUR AFTER THE PANEL IS REMOVED AND THE SHOCK
PRESSURE IS RELEASED. TAKE CARE WHEN YOU REPAIR THE ELEVATION
ASSEMBLY.

WARNING USE ALL PERSONAL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT (PPE) SUCH AS GLOVES, SAFETY
SHOES, SAFETY GLASSES, AND KNEELING PAD, TO REDUCE THE RISK OF INJURY.

WARNING EXPLOSION WARNING


DO NOT OPERATE THE EQUIPMENT IN AN EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE. OPERATION
OF ANY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN SUCH AN ENVIRONMENT CONSTITUTES A
DEFINITE SAFETY HAZARD.

WARNING DO NOT SUBSTITUTE PARTS OR MODIFY EQUIPMENT


BECAUSE OF THE DANGER OF INTRODUCING ADDITIONAL HAZARDS, ONLY
INSTALL GE APPROVED PARTS. DO NOT PERFORM ANY UNAUTHORIZED
MODIFICATION OF THE EQUIPMENT.

WARNING ENSURE THAT THE ULTRASOUND SYSTEM IS TURNED OFF AND UNPLUGGED
WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE
NO TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/
OFF BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
ULTRASOUND SYSTEM COMPONENTS MAY BE ENERGIZED. ALWAYS REFER TO
THE ULTRASOUND SYSTEM'S PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL FOR LOTO
WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS

WARNING RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, VIVID E9/VIVID E7 MUST BE TURNED OFF AND
DISCONNECTED FROM POWER SOURCE.
WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE
NO TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/
OFF BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
ULTRASOUND SYSTEM COMPONENTS MAY BE ENERGIZED. ALWAYS REFER TO
THE ULTRASOUND SYSTEM'S SERVICE MANUAL FOR LOTO WARNINGS AND
CAUTIONS.

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1 - 17
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

1-4-3 Human safety (contd)

WARNING BEWARE OF POSSIBLE SHARP EDGES ON ALL MECHANICAL PARTS.


IF SHARP EDGES ARE ENCOUNTERED, THE APPROPRIATE PPE SHOULD BE USED
TO REDUCE THE RISK OF INJURY.

WARNING TILTING THE CONSOLE REQUIRES TWO PEOPLE IN ORDER TO AVOID INJURY TO
SERVICE PERSONNEL AND DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT.

WARNING WEAR ALL PPE INCLUDING GLOVES AS INDICATED IN THE CHEMICAL MSDS.

1 - 18 Section 1-4 - Safety considerations


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

1-4-4 Mechanical safety

WARNING WHILE THE SOFTWARE INSTALL PROCEDURE IS DESIGNED TO PRESERVE DATA,


YOU SHOULD SAVE ANY PATIENT DATA, IMAGES, SYSTEM SETUPS TO A UFD, A
DVD OR TO HARDCOPY BEFORE DOING A SOFTWARE UPGRADE.

WARNING PRIOR TO ELEVATING SCANNER, VERIFY THAT THE KEYBOARD IS LOCKED IN ITS
LOWEST POSITION. VERIFY THAT THE FRONT BRAKE IS LOCKED AND THE
SCANNER IS UNABLE TO SWIWEL. VERIFY THAT THE REAR BRAKES ARE IN THE
LOCKED POSITION.

WARNING WHEN THE UNIT IS RAISED FOR A REPAIR OR MOVED ALONG ANY INCLINE, USE
EXTREME CAUTION SINCE IT MAY BECOME UNSTABLE AND TIP OVER.

WARNING ULTRASOUND PROBES ARE HIGHLY SENSITIVE MEDICAL INSTRUMENTS THAT CAN
EASILY BE DAMAGED BY IMPROPER HANDLING. USE CARE WHEN HANDLING AND
PROTECT FROM DAMAGE WHEN NOT IN USE. DO NOT USE A DAMAGED OR
DEFECTIVE PROBE. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE PRECAUTIONS CAN RESULT IN
SERIOUS INJURY AND EQUIPMENT DAMAGE.

WARNING NEVER USE A PROBE THAT HAS FALLEN TO THE FLOOR. EVEN IF IT LOOKS OK, IT
MAY BE DAMAGED.

WARNING THE SYSTEM SHOULD NOT BE MOVED WITH THE OPERATING PANEL EXTENDED.
POSITION THE OPERATING PANEL IN ITS CENTERED AND LOCKED POSITION.
LOWER THE OPERATING PANEL AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE BEFORE MOVING THE
SYSTEM.

WARNING REMEMBER: IF THE FRONT CASTER SWIVEL LOCK IS ENGAGED FOR


TRANSPORTATION, PRESSING THE RELEASE PEDAL ONCE DISENGAGES THE
SWIVEL LOCK. YOU MUST DEPRESS THE RELEASE PEDAL A SECOND TIME TO
ENGAGE THE BRAKE.

CAUTION BEFORE YOU MOVE OR TRANSPORT THE SYSTEM, MAKE SURE TO LOCK THE LCD MONITOR
ARM FIRMLY AND FLIP DOWN THE MONITOR TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE SYSTEM.

CAUTION ALWAYS LOCK THE TOP CONSOLE (OPERATOR PANEL) IN ITS PARKING (LOCKED)
POSITION BEFORE MOVING THE SCANNER AROUND.

CAUTION TO AVOID INJURY WHEN YOU MOVE THE LCD MONITOR AND THE MONITOR ARM, DO NOT
PUT YOUR FINGER, HAND, OR OBJECT ON THE JOINT OF THE MONITOR OR THE MONITOR
ARM.

CAUTION ENSURE THAT NOBODY TOUCH THE CONSOLE ARM/FROGLEG WHEN MOVING THE
OPERATOR PANEL.

CAUTION DO NOT MOVE THE UNIT IF THE OPERATOR PANEL IS IN UNLOCKED POSITION.

CAUTION KEEP THE HEAT VENTING HOLES ON THE MONITOR UNOBSTRUCTED TO AVOID
OVERHEATING OF THE MONITOR.

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1 - 19
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

1-4-4 Mechanical safety (contd)

CAUTION VIVID E9/VIVID E7 WEIGHS 128 KG (283 LB.) OR MORE, DEPENDING ON INSTALLED
PERIPHERALS, WHEN READY FOR USE. CARE MUST BE USED WHEN MOVING IT OR
REPLACING ITS PARTS. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THE PRECAUTIONS LISTED BELOW COULD
RESULT IN INJURY, UNCONTROLLED MOTION AND COSTLY DAMAGE.
ALWAYS:
- BE SURE THE PATHWAY IS CLEAR.
- USE SLOW, CAREFUL MOTIONS.
- USE TWO PEOPLE WHEN MOVING ON INCLINES OR LIFTING MORE THAN 16 KG (35 LBS).

CAUTION DO NOT TRANSPORT VIVID E9/VIVID E7 IN A VEHICLE WITHOUT LOCKING THE CASTERS
-
(WHEELS) AND SECURING IT AS DESCRIBED IN 4-2-16-4 "Transporting the unit by vehicle" on
page 4-39.

CAUTION USE PROTECTIVE GLASSES DURING DRILLING, FILING AND DURING ALL OTHER WORK
WHERE EYES NEED PROTECTION.

CAUTION USE SAFETY SHOES WHEN DOING WORK WHERE THERE IS ANY CHANCE OF FOOT
DAMAGE.

CAUTION USE PROTECTIVE GLOVES WHEN DRILLING AND CUTTING.

NOTICE Be careful not to pinch any of the cables.

NOTE: Special care should be taken when transporting the unit in a vehicle, see 4-2-16-4 "Transporting
the unit by vehicle" on page 4-39.

1 - 20 Section 1-4 - Safety considerations


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

1-4-5 Electrical safety

1-4-5-1 Safe practices


Follow these guidelines to minimize shock hazards whenever you are using the scanner;

The equipment chassis must be connected to an electrical ground.


The VIVID E9/VIVID E7 is equipped with a three-conductor AC power cable. This must be plugged
into an approved electrical outlet with safety ground.
The power outlet used for this equipment should not be shared with other types of equipment.
Both the system power cable and the power connector must meet international electrical standards.

WARNING CONNECTING A VIVID E9/VIVID E7 SCANNER TO THE WRONG VOLTAGE LEVEL WILL
MOST LIKELY DESTROY IT.

1-4-5-2 Probes
Follow these guidelines before connecting a probe to the scanner:

Inspect the probe prior to each use for damage or degradation to the:
- housing
- cable strain relief
- lens
- seal
- connector pins
- locking mechanism
Do not use a damaged or defective probe.
Never immerse the probe connector or adapter into any liquid.
The system has more than one type of probe port. Use the appropriate probe port designed for the
probe you are connecting.

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1 - 21
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Section 1-5
Labels locations
1-5-1 Contents in this section
1-5-1 Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
1-5-2 Labels on Front of LCD Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
1-5-3 Label on Rear of LCD Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
1-5-4 Label on Upper OP Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
1-5-5 Labels on Front Handle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
1-5-6 Labels on top of Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
1-5-7 Labels near Connectors on Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
1-5-8 Labels on DVD Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
1-5-9 Label for External Connectors, IO Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
1-5-10 Labels at AC Mains Inlet and Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28
1-5-11 Label on Rear Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
1-5-12 Label on Rear Cover - detailed descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37
1-5-14 Label on the BEP6s door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41
1-5-15 Label on the BEP5s door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-42
1-5-16 Label, Disassembly Nester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43

1-5-2 Labels on Front of LCD Monitor

Table 1-7 Labels on Front of LCD Monitor

DESCRIPTION ILLUSTRATION

LABEL GE LOGO (MEAT BALL)

XDCLEAR LABEL

1 - 22 Section 1-5 - Labels locations


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

1-5-3 Label on Rear of LCD Monitor

Table 1-8 Label on Rear of LCD Monitor

DESCRIPTION ILLUSTRATION

LABEL, LCD MERCURY_RATING

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1 - 23
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

1-5-4 Label on Upper OP Panel

Table 1-9 Label on Upper OP Panel

DESCRIPTION ILLUSTRATION

VIVID E9 NAMEPLATE, GOLD,


UPPER OP PANEL (Used on VIVID E9 with 4D Expert
option)

VIVID E9 NAMEPLATE, BRONZE,


UPPER OP PANEL

(Used on VIVID E9 with 2D)

VIVID E9 NAMEPLATE, PERIWINKLE,


UPPER OP PANEL
(Used on VIVID E9 Pro)

VIVID E9 NAMEPLATE, UPPER OP PANEL, SILVER


(Used on VIVID E9 BT09)

1-5-5 Labels on Front Handle


None.

1-5-6 Labels on top of Console

Table 1-10 Labels on top of Console

DESCRIPTION ILLUSTRATION

LABEL WARNING
Do not push VIVID E9/VIVID E7 sideways when casters
are in brakeage position. Instability may occur.
LABELS ON BOTH SIDES
OF SCANNER.

1 - 24 Section 1-5 - Labels locations


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

1-5-7 Labels near Connectors on Front

Table 1-11 Labels near Connectors on Front


DESCRIPTION ILLUSTRATION

5166825 rev2

Label, Front Panel

Label, Patient IO

DEFIBRILLATOR-PROOF TYPE CF
EQUIPMENT.

GA314321-01

Label, Probe Connectors

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1 - 25
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Table 1-11 Labels near Connectors on Front (contd)


DESCRIPTION ILLUSTRATION

Label, Doppler (Pedof) Connector

Vivid E9 Doppler port label - China


For BT12 and later.

1-5-8 Labels on DVD Units

Table 1-12 Labels on DVD units


DESCRIPTION ILLUSTRATION

Label, DVD DVD


GA314383-01

Label, DVR Digital Video Recorder DVR Digital Video Recorder


GA314384-01

1 - 26 Section 1-5 - Labels locations


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

1-5-9 Label for External Connectors, IO Board

Table 1-13 Label for External Connectors, IO Board


DESCRIPTION ILLUSTRATION

Label for External Connectors, IO Board

L R

5180173 rev1

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1 - 27
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

1-5-10 Labels at AC Mains Inlet and Circuit Breaker

Table 1-14 Labels on AC Power Supply (Main Power Supply)


DESCRIPTION ILLUSTRATION

Label, AC Controller

Label, System Part Number


and Power Rating

Label, System Serial Number and


manufacturing week/year.

1 - 28 Section 1-5 - Labels locations


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

1-5-11 Label on Rear Cover

1-5-11-1 Label, General Info - XDclear

Table 1-15 Label, General Info - XDclear

DESCRIPTION ILLUSTRATION

Label, General Info - XDclear


(International)

Label, General Info - XDclear


(International)

Table 1-16 Label, VIVID E9 Vet

DESCRIPTION ILLUSTRATION

Vet label for VIVID E9.

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1 - 29
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

1-5-11-2 Label, General Info - BT12

Table 1-17 Label, General Info - BT12 sheet 1 of 3

DESCRIPTION ILLUSTRATION

Label, General Info - BT12


(International)
(Introduced MAR. 2013)

Label, General Info - BT12


(International)
(Introduced JUN. 2012)

Label, General Info - BT12


(International)

Additional Label - Argentina

1 - 30 Section 1-5 - Labels locations


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Table 1-17 Label, General Info - BT12 (contd) sheet 2 of 3

DESCRIPTION ILLUSTRATION

Label, General Info - BT12


Brazil

Label, General Info - BT12


China

Label, General Info - BT12


Mexico

Label, General Info - BT12


Korean

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1 - 31
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Table 1-17 Label, General Info - BT12 (contd) sheet 3 of 3

DESCRIPTION ILLUSTRATION

Label, General Info - BT11 and BT12


(Importer: Alkan Medical, Egypt)

Label, General Info - BT11 and BT12


(Importer: GE Medical Systems, Egypt)

1 - 32 Section 1-5 - Labels locations


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

1-5-11-3 Label, General Info - BT11/BT10

Table 1-18 Label, General Info - BT11/BT10 sheet 1 of 3

DESCRIPTION ILLUSTRATION

Label, General Info - BT11


(International)
(Introduced SEP 2010)

Label, General Info - BT11


(International)
(Introduced AUG 2010)

Label, General Info - BT11


(International)

Label, General Info - BT11 and BT12


(Importer: Alkan Medical, Egypt)

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1 - 33
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Table 1-18 Label, General Info - BT11/BT10 (contd) sheet 2 of 3

DESCRIPTION ILLUSTRATION

Label, General Info - BT11 and BT12


(Importer: GE Medical Systems, Egypt)

Label, General Info - BT12


Korean

Label, General Info - BT11


Korean
Used after June 1, 2012

Label, General Info - BT11


Korean
Used before June 1, 2012.

1 - 34 Section 1-5 - Labels locations


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Table 1-18 Label, General Info - BT11/BT10 (contd) sheet 3 of 3

DESCRIPTION ILLUSTRATION

Label, General Info - BT11 and BT12


(Egypt)

Label, General Info - BT10


Chinese

Label, General Info - BT10


Chinese

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1 - 35
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

1-5-11-4 Label, General Info - BT09

Table 1-19 Label on Rear Cover

DESCRIPTION ILLUSTRATION

Label, General Info - BT09


International

Label, General Info - BT09


Chinese

Label, General Info - BT09


Korean

1 - 36 Section 1-5 - Labels locations


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

1-5-12 Label on Rear Cover - detailed descriptions

Table 1-20 Label on Rear Cover - detailed descriptions sheet 1 of 3

DESCRIPTION ILLUSTRATION

Label on Rear Cover.

Follow instructions for use.


Read and understand all instructions in the User's
Manual before attempting to use the ultrasound unit.

CAUTION - Dangerous voltage


(the lightning flash with arrowhead in equilateral
triangle) is used to indicate electric shock hazards.

ATTENTION - Consult accompanying


documents
is intended to alert the user to refer to the operator
manual or other instructions when complete
information cannot be provided on the label.

The system is not designed for use with flammable


anesthetic gases.

This precaution is intended to prevent injury that


may result if one person attempt to move the unit OR
considerable distances or on an incline due to the
weight of the unit.
CAUTION - This unit weighs Special care must be used to avoid

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1 - 37
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Table 1-20 Label on Rear Cover - detailed descriptions (contd) sheet 2 of 3

DESCRIPTION ILLUSTRATION

VIVID E9/VIVID E7 SCANNERS


TESTED AND PRODUCTION MONITORED BY
TUV PRODUCT SERVICE NRTL WITH RESPECT
TO ELECTRICAL SHOCK, FIRE AND
MECHANICAL HAZARDS ONLY IN
ACCORDANCE WITH UL2601-1 AND CAN/CSA
C22.2 NO.601.1

VIVID E9 SCANNERS
TESTED AND PRODUCTION MONITORED BY
TUV PRODUCT SERVICE NRTL WITH RESPECT
TO ELECTRICAL SHOCK, FIRE AND
MECHANICAL HAZARDS ONLY IN
ACCORDANCE WITH UL2601-1 AND CAN/CSA
C22.2 NO.601.1

GOST

This symbol indicates that waste electrical and


electronic equipment must not be disposed of as
unsorted municipal waste and must be collected
separately. Please contact an authorized
representative of the manufacturer for information
concerning the decommissioning of your equipment.

1 - 38 Section 1-5 - Labels locations


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Table 1-20 Label on Rear Cover - detailed descriptions (contd) sheet 3 of 3

DESCRIPTION ILLUSTRATION

This unit carries the CE mark.


The VIVID E9/VIVID E7 unit complies with
regulatory requirements of the European Directive
93/ 42/EEC concerning medical devices.
It also complies with emission limits for a Group 1,
Class B Medical Device as stated in EN 60601-1-2
(IEC 60601-1-2).

GROUP 1 Class A
(Some units produced in 2010 are Class B).

CAUTION
United States law restricts this device to sale or use
by or on the order of a physician.

CLASS I
The VIVID E9/VIVID E7 ultrasound unit is a Class I
device, type CF, according to Sub-clause 14 of
IEC60601-1 (1988).
TYPE CF
Equipment Type CF (heart in the box symbol) IEC
878-02-05 indicates equipment having a floating
applied part having a degree of protection suitable
for direct cardiac contact.

MANUFACTURER

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1 - 39
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

1-5-13 Label on Side Covers

Table 1-21 Label, Vet on Side Covers

DESCRIPTION ILLUSTRATION

Vet labels on Side Covers.

1 - 40 Section 1-5 - Labels locations


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

1-5-14 Label on the BEP6s door

Figure 1-2 Label on the BEP6s door

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1 - 41
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

1-5-15 Label on the BEP5s door

Figure 1-3 Label on the BEP5s door

1 - 42 Section 1-5 - Labels locations


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

1-5-16 Label, Disassembly Nester


This label is located on the outside of the Front End Racks cover (inside unit).

Figure 1-4 Label, Disassembly Nester

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1 - 43
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Section 1-6
Dangerous procedure warnings
Warnings, such as the example below, precede potentially dangerous procedures throughout this
manual. Instructions contained in the warnings must be followed.

DANGER DANGEROUS VOLTAGES, CAPABLE OF CAUSING DEATH, ARE PRESENT IN


THIS EQUIPMENT. USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN HANDLING, TESTING AND
ADJUSTING.

WARNING IF THE COVERS ARE REMOVED FROM AN OPERATING VIVID E9/VIVID E7, SOME
METAL SURFACES MAY BE WARM ENOUGH TO POSE A POTENTIAL HEAT HAZARD
IF TOUCHED, EVEN WHILE IN SHUT DOWN MODE.

WARNING EXPLOSION WARNING


DO NOT OPERATE THE EQUIPMENT IN AN EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE. OPERATION
OF ANY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN SUCH AN ENVIRONMENT CONSTITUTES A
DEFINITE SAFETY HAZARD.

WARNING DO NOT SUBSTITUTE PARTS OR MODIFY EQUIPMENT


BECAUSE OF THE DANGER OF INTRODUCING ADDITIONAL HAZARDS, ONLY
INSTALL GE APPROVED PARTS. DO NOT PERFORM ANY UNAUTHORIZED
MODIFICATION OF THE EQUIPMENT.

1 - 44 Section 1-6 - Dangerous procedure warnings


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Section 1-7
Lockout/Tagout (LOTO) requirements
Follow OSHA Lockout/Tagout requirements (USA) or local Lockout/Tagout requirements by ensuring
you are in total control of the AC power plug at all times during the service process.

To apply Lockout/Tagout (LOTO):

1.) Plan and prepare for shutdown.


2.) Shutdown the equipment.
3.) Isolate the equipment.
4.) Apply Lockout/Tagout Devices.
5.) Control all stored and residual energy.
6.) Verify isolation.
All potentially hazardous stored or residual energy is relieved.

WARNING ENERGY CONTROL AND POWER LOCKOUT FOR VIVID E9/VIVID E7.
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO
VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
TAG
&
1. FOLLOW LOCK OUT/TAG OUT PROCEDURES.
LOCKOUT

Signed Date
2. TURN OFF THE BREAKER.
3. UNPLUG THE VIVID E9/VIVID E7.
4. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE POWER PLUG.
5. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE, AS THERE ARE NO TEST POINTS TO
VERIFY ISOLATION. THE AMBER LIGHT ON THE OP PANEL ON/OFF BUTTON WILL TURN OFF.
BEWARE THAT THE MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND BACK END PROCESSOR MAY BE ENERGIZED EVEN IF THE POWER
IS TURNED OFF WHEN THE CORD IS STILL PLUGGED INTO THE AC OUTLET.

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1 - 45
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Section 1-8
Returning/Shipping Probes and Repair Parts
Equipment being returned must be clean and free of blood and other infectious substances.

GE Healtcare policy states that body fluids must be properly removed from any part or equipment prior
to shipment. GE Healtcare employees, as well as customers, are responsible for ensuring that parts/
equipment have been properly decontaminated prior to shipment. Under no circumstance should a part
or equipment with visible body fluids be taken or shipped from a clinic or site (for example, body coils
or an ultrasound probe).

The purpose of the regulation is to protect employees in the transportation industry, as well as the
people who will receive or open this package.

NOTE: The US Department of Transportation (DOT) has ruled that items that were saturated and/or
dripping with human blood that are now caked with dried blood; or which were used or intended
for use in patient care are regulated medical waste for transportation purposes and must be
transported as a hazardous material.

NOTE: The USER/SERVICE staff should dispose of all the waste properly, per federal, state, and local
waste disposal regulations.

The Ultrasound system is not meant to be used for long-term storage of patient data or images. The
user is responsible for the data on the system and a regular backup is highly recommended.

If the system is sent for repair, please ensure that any patient information is backed up and erased from
the system before shipping. It is always possible during system failure and repair to lose patient data.
GE is not responsible for the loss of this data.

If PHI (Patient Healthcare Information) data needs to be sent to GE employees for service purposes,
GE will ascertain agreement from the customer. Patient information shall only be transferred by
approved service processes, tools and devices restricting access, protecting or encrypting data where
required, and providing traceability in the form of paper or electronic documents at each stage of the
procedure while maintaining compliance with cross-border restrictions of patient information transfers.

1 - 46 Section 1-8 - Returning/Shipping Probes and Repair Parts


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Section 1-9
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
1-9-1 What is EMC?
Electromagnetic compatibility describes a level of performance of a device within its electromagnetic
environment. This environment consists of the device itself and its surroundings including other
equipment, power sources and persons with which the device must interface. Inadequate compatibility
results when a susceptible device fails to perform as intended due interference from its environment or
when the device produces unacceptable levels of emission to its environment. This interference is often
referred to as radiofrequency or electromagnetic interference (RFI/EMI) and can be radiated through
space or conducted over interconnecting power of signal cables. In addition to electromagnetic energy,
EMC also includes possible effects from electrical fields, magnetic fields, electrostatic discharge and
disturbances in the electrical power supply.

1-9-2 Compliance
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 conforms to all applicable conducted and radiated emission limits and to immunity
from electrostatic discharge, radiated and conducted RF fields, magnetic fields and power line transient
requirements.

Applicable standards are: 47CFR Part 18, IEC6060112:2001.

NOTE: For CE Compliance, it is critical that all covers, screws, shielding, gaskets, mesh, clamps, are
in good condition, installed tightly without skew or stress. Proper installation following all
comments noted in this service manual is required in order to achieve full EMC performance.

1-9-3 Electrostatic discharge (ESD) prevention

WARNING DO NOT TOUCH ANY BOARDS WITH INTEGRATED CIRCUITS PRIOR TO TAKING THE
NECESSARY ESD PRECAUTIONS.
1. ALWAYS CONNECT YOURSELF, VIA AN ARM-WRIST STRAP, TO THE ADVISED
ESD CONNECTION POINT LOCATED ON THE REAR OF THE SCANNER (NEAR THE
POWER CONNECTOR).
2. FOLLOW GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING OF ELECTROSTATIC SENSITIVE
EQUIPMENT.

WARNING RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, SYSTEM MUST BE TURNED OFF. AVOID ALL
CONTACT WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACTS, CONDUCTORS AND COMPONENTS.
ALWAYS USE NON-CONDUCTIVE HANDLES DESIGNED FOR THE REMOVAL AND
REPLACEMENT OF ESD SENSITIVE PARTS. ALL PARTS THAT HAVE THE POTENTIAL
FOR STORING ENERGY MUST BE DISCHARGED OR ISOLATED BEFORE MAKING
CONTACT.

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1 - 47
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Section 1-10
Customer assistance
1-10-1 Contact information
If this equipment does not work as indicated in this service manual or in the user manual, or if you
require additional assistance, please contact the local distributor or appropriate support resource, as
listed below.

Before you call, identify the following information, and acquire image (Alt+D) to send to the Customer
Care team:

System ID serial number.


Software version.
Date and time of occurrence.
Sequence of events leading to issue.
Is the issue repeatable?
Imaging mode, probe, preset/application.
Media brand, speed, capacity, type.
Save secondary image capture, cine loop, 4D multi-volume loop.
Detailed description of any problem encountered.
Where applicable, save the appropriate log files. Remember to save the log files for each day on a
separate media, labelled accordingly.

NOTE: Restart the application before resuming clinical scanning.

Table 1-22 Phone numbers for Customer Assistance

LOCATION PHONE NUMBER

USA Service: On-site 1-800-437-1171


GE Medical Systems
Ultrasound Service Engineering Service Parts 1-800-558-2040
9900 Innovation Drive
Wauwatosa, WI 53226 Application Support 1-800-682-5327 or 1-262-524-5698

Canada 1-800-668-0732

Service 1-800-321-7937
Latin America
Application Support 1-262-524-5698

Europe (OLC- EMEA)


OLC - EMEA
GE Ultraschall Deutschland GmbH
Phone: +49 (0)212 2802 - 652
Beethovenstrae 239
+33 1 3083 1300
Postfach 11 05 60, D-42655 Solingen
Fax: +49 (0) 212 2802 - 431
Germany

Online Services Ultrasound Asia


Australia Phone: +(61) 1-800-647-855
China +(86) 800-810-8188
India +(91) 1800-425-8025
Japan +(81) 42-648-2940
Korea +(82) 2620 13585
Singapore +(95) 6277-3444

1 - 48 Section 1-10 - Customer assistance


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

1-10-2 System manufacturer

Table 1-23 System manufacturer

MANUFACTURER PHONE NUMBER FAX NUMBER

GE VINGMED ULTRASOUND A/S


STRANDPROMENADEN 45
P.O. BOX 141 +47 3302 1100 +47 3302 1350
NO-3191 HORTEN
NORWAY

Chapter 1 - Introduction 1 - 49
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

This page left blank to facilitate double-sided printing.

1 - 50 Section 1-10 - Customer assistance


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 2
Site preparations

Section 2-1
Overview
2-1-1 Purpose of this chapter
This chapter provides the information required to plan and prepare for the setup of a VIVID E9/
VIVID E7. Included are descriptions of the facility and electrical needs to be met by the purchaser of the
unit.

2-1-2 Contents in this chapter


2-1 Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2-2 General console requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2-3 Facility needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10

Chapter 2 - Site preparations 2-1


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Section 2-2
General console requirements
2-2-1 Contents in this section
2-2-1 Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2-2-2 Console environmental requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
2-2-3 Electrical requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
2-2-4 EMI limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
2-2-5 Probes environmental requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
2-2-6 Time and manpower requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

2-2-2 Console environmental requirements

2-2-2-1 If the unit is very cold or hot


When unpacking the Ultrasound system, allow the temperature of the Ultrasound system to stabilize
before powering up. The following table describes guidelines for reaching operational temperatures
from storage or transport temperatures.

CAUTION IF THE UNIT IS VERY COLD OR HOT, DO NOT TURN ON ITS POWER UNTIL IT HAS HAD A
CHANCE TO ACCLIMATE TO ITS OPERATING ENVIRONMENT.

Table 2-1 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 Acclimate Time


oC -40 -35 -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
o -40 -31 -22 -13 -4 5 14 23 32 41 50 59 68 77 86 95 104 113 122 131 140 149 158
F
Hrs 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 12

2-2 Section 2-2 - General console requirements


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

2-2-2-2 Environmental specifications for VIVID E9/VIVID E7 scanners

Temperature Limits:
Operation:
10 to 35 C (50 to 95 F)
Storage and Transport:
-20 to 60 C (-4 to 140 F)

Humidity Limits:
Operation:
30 - 60% rH non-condensing
Storage and Transport:
30 - 95% rH non-condensing

Air Pressure Limits:


Operation:
700-1060 hPa
Storage and Transport:
700-1060 hPa

Heat Dissipation:
3800 BTU/h

2-2-2-3 Cooling
The cooling requirement for the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 scanner with monitor and on board peripherals, is
up to 3800 BTU/h. This figure does not include cooling needed for lights, people, or other equipment in
the room. Each person in the room places an additional 300 BTU/h demand on the cooling system.

2-2-2-4 Lighting
Bright light is needed for system installation, updates and repairs. However, operator and patient
comfort may be optimized if the room light is subdued and indirect. Therefore a combination lighting
system (dim/bright) is recommended. Keep in mind that lighting controls and dimmers can be a source
of EMI which could degrade image quality. These controls should be selected to minimize possible
interference.

Chapter 2 - Site preparations 2-3


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

2-2-3 Electrical requirements

2-2-3-1 General requirements

NOTE: GE Healthcare requires a dedicated power and ground for the proper operation of its Ultrasound
equipment. This dedicated power shall originate at the last distribution panel before the system.

The VIVID E9/VIVID E7 will function on voltages from 100-240 Volts and 50 or 60 Hz. However, if using
220 volt power in North America, then a center tapped power source is required.

Sites with a mains power system with defined Neutral and Live:

The dedicated line shall consist of one phase, a neutral (not shared with any other circuit), and a full
size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet.

Sites with a mains power system without a defined Neutral:

The dedicated line shall consist of one phase (two lines), not shared with any other circuit, and a full
size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet.

NOTE: Please note that image artifacts can occur, if at any time within the facility, the ground from the
main facility's incoming power source to the Ultrasound unit is only a conduit.

2-4 Section 2-2 - General console requirements


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

2-2-3-2 Electrical requirements for VIVID E9/VIVID E7


In the table below, the electrical specifications for VIVID E9 and VIVID E7 includes monitor and on board
peripherals.

Table 2-2 Electrical specifications for VIVID E9/VIVID E7

POWER
PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION VOLTAGE TOLERANCES CONSUMPTION FREQUENCY

XDclear (S/W v113.x)

GB000070 Vivid E9 4D Expert Option 17 inch LCD

GB000080 Vivid E9 4D Expert Option 19 inch LCD

GB000075 Vivid E9 2D 17 inch LCD

GB000085 Vivid E9 2D 19 inch LCD


100-230 VAC 10% 1100 W 50/60 Hz
GB000090 Vivid E9 Pro configuration 17 inch LCD

GB000095 Vivid E9 Pro configuration 19 inch LCD

GB000099 Vivid E7 'XDclear' 'Pro configuration' 17'

GB000100 Vivid E7 'XDclear' 'Pro configuration' 19'

BT12

GA000940 Vivid E9 4D Expert Option - 17 LCD

GA000950 Vivid E9 4D Expert Option - 19 LCD

GA000945 Vivid E9 2D - 17 LCD


100-230 VAC 10% 1100 W 50/60 Hz
GA000955 Vivid E9 2D - 19 LCD

GB000040 Vivid E9 BT12 PRO Configuration 17 LCD

GB000050 Vivid E9 BT12 PRO Configuration 19 LCD

BT11

GA000810 VIVID E9 4D Expert Option - 17 LCD

GA000815 VIVID E9 4D Expert Option - 19 LCD


100-230 VAC 10% 1100 W 50/60 Hz
GA000830 VIVID E9 2D - 17 LCD

GA000835 VIVID E9 2D - 19 LCD

BT09

GA000100 VIVID E9 (with 4D) - v108.x.x 100-230 VAC 10% 1100 W 50/60 Hz

The current drain will vary depending on the mains voltage.

At 230 VAC the current may be up to 5 A.


At 100 VAC the current may be up to 12 A.

Chapter 2 - Site preparations 2-5


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

2-2-3-3 Inrush current


During power on, an inrush circuit will prevent the current from increasing above the stated values.

Table 2-3 Inrush current at different mains voltages

VOLTAGE 50 Hz 60 Hz
264 VAC 13 A 12 A

220 VAC 9A 11 A

110 VAC 5.5 A 6A

90 VAC 6A 5A

2-2-3-4 Site circuit breaker

CAUTION POWER OUTAGE MAY OCCUR. THE VIVID E9/VIVID E7 SCANNER REQUIRES A DEDICATED
SINGLE BRANCH CIRCUIT. TO AVOID CIRCUIT OVERLOAD AND POSSIBLE LOSS OF
CRITICAL CARE EQUIPMENT, MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT HAVE ANY OTHER EQUIPMENT
OPERATING ON THE SAME CIRCUIT.

It is recommended that the branch circuit breaker for the unit be readily accessible.

2-2-3-5 Site power outlets


A dedicated AC power outlet must be within reach of the unit without extension cords. Other outlets
adequate for the external peripherals, medical and test equipment needed to support this unit must also
be present within 1 m (3.2 ft.) of the unit. Electrical installation must meet all current local, state, and
national electrical codes.

2-2-3-6 Unit power plug


If the unit arrives without a power plug, or with the wrong plug, you must contact your GE dealer or the
installation engineer must supply what is locally required.

2-2-3-7 Power stability requirements


Voltage drop-out

Max 10 ms.

Power transients (all applications)

Less than 25% of nominal peak voltage for less than 1 millisecond for any type of transient, including
line frequency, synchronous, asynchronous, or aperiodic transients.

2-6 Section 2-2 - General console requirements


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

2-2-4 EMI limitations


Ultrasound machines are susceptible to Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) from radio frequencies,
magnetic fields, and transients in the air or wiring. They also generate EMI. The VIVID E9/VIVID E7
complies with limits as stated on the EMC label. However there is no guarantee that interference will not
occur in a particular installation.

Possible EMI sources should be identified before the unit is installed.

Electrical and electronic equipment may produce EMI unintentionally as the result of a defect. These
sources include:

medical lasers,
scanners,
cauterizing guns,
computers,
monitors,
fans,
gel warmers,
microwave ovens,
light dimmers
mobile phones
in-house wireless phones (DECT phones)
wireless computer keyboard and mouse
air conditioning system
High Frequency (HF) surgery equipment
general AC/DC adapters
The presence of a broadcast station or broadcast van may also cause interference.

See Table 2-4 on page 2-8 for EMI Prevention tips.

Chapter 2 - Site preparations 2-7


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

2-2-4-1 EMI prevention/abatement

Table 2-4 EMI prevention/abatement

EMI RULE DETAILS

Keep the unit at least 5 meters (15 feet) away from other EMI sources.
Be aware of RF sources Special shielding may be required to eliminate interference problems caused by high
frequency, high powered radio or video broadcast signals.

Ground the Ultrasound Poor grounding is the most likely reason a unit will have noisy images.
system Check grounding of the power cord and power outlet.

After you finish repairing or updating the system, replace all covers and tighten all screws.
Any cable with an external connection requires a magnet wrap at each end.
Install all screws, RF
Install the Card Rack Cover over the Card Rack.
gaskets, covers, cores
Loose or missing covers or RF gaskets allow radio frequencies to interfere with the ultrasound
signals.

If more than 20% or a pair of the fingers on an RF gasket are broken, replace the gasket.
Replace broken RF gaskets
Do not turn on the unit until any loose metallic part is removed.

Do not place labels where Never place a label where RF gaskets meet the unit. otherwise, the gap created will permit RF
RF gaskets touch metal leakage. or, if a label has been found in such a position, move the label.

The interconnect cables are grounded and require ferrite beads and other shielding.
Use GE specified harnesses
Also, cable length, material, and routing are all important; do not change from what is
and peripherals
specified.

Take care with cellular


Cellular phones may transmit a 5 V/m signal; that could cause image artifacts.
phones

Do not allow cables to lie across the top of the Card Rack or hang out of the peripheral bays.
Properly dress peripheral
Loop the excess length for peripheral cables inside the peripheral bays. attach the monitor
cables
cables to the frame.

2-2-5 Probes environmental requirements

Table 2-5 Operation and storage temperatures for probes


Electronic PAMPTE

Operation: 10 to 40 C (50 to 104 F) 5 to 42.7 C (41 to 108,9 F)

Storage: -20 to 50 C (-4 to 122 F) -20 to 60 C (-4 to 140 F)

Temperatures in degrees Celsius (oC) conversion to degrees F: (oF) = (oC * 9/5) + 32

CAUTION PAMPTE probes are designed for storage temperatures of -20 to +60 degrees C
(-4 to +140 degrees F).
Electronic probes are designed for storage temperatures of -20 to +50 degrees C
(-4 to +122 degrees F).
When exposed to large temperature variations, the product should be kept at room temperature
the needed time to stabilize its temperature before use.
Refer to Table 2-1 "VIVID E9/VIVID E7 Acclimate Time" on page 2-2 to determine the needed
settlement time.

2-8 Section 2-2 - General console requirements


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

2-2-6 Time and manpower requirements


Site preparation takes time. Begin Pre-installation checks as soon as possible, if possible, six weeks
before delivery, to allow enough time to make any changes.

WARNING HAVE TWO PEOPLE AVAILABLE TO DELIVER AND UNPACK THE VIVID E9/VIVID E7.
ATTEMPTS TO MOVE THE UNIT CONSIDERABLE DISTANCES OR ON AN INCLINE BY
ONE PERSON COULD RESULT IN INJURY OR DAMAGE OR BOTH.

Chapter 2 - Site preparations 2-9


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Section 2-3
Facility needs
2-3-1 Contents in this section
2-3-1 Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
2-3-2 Purchaser responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
2-3-3 Required facility needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
2-3-4 Desirable features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
2-3-5 Minimal floor plan suggestion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
2-3-6 Suggested Floor Plan, VIVID E9/VIVID E7 and EchoPAC PC in Same Room . . . . . . . . 2-12
2-3-7 Networking setup requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

2-3-2 Purchaser responsibilities


The work and materials needed to prepare the site is the responsibility of the purchaser. Delay,
confusion, and waste of manpower can be avoided by completing pre-installation work before delivery.
Purchaser responsibility includes:

Procuring the materials required.


Completing the preparations before delivery of the ultrasound system.
Paying the costs for any alterations and modifications not specifically provided in the sales contract.

NOTE: All electrical installations that are preliminary to the positioning of the equipment at the site
prepared for the equipment must be performed by licensed electrical contractors. Other
connections between pieces of electrical equipment, calibrations, and testing must also be
performed by qualified personnel. The products involved (and the accompanying electrical
installations) are highly sophisticated and special engineering competence is required. All
electrical work on these products must comply with the requirements of applicable electrical
codes. The purchaser of GE equipment must only utilize qualified personnel to perform
electrical servicing on the equipment.

The desire to use a nonlisted or customer provided product or to place an approved product further
from the system than the interface kit allows, presents challenges to the installation team. To avoid
delays during installation, such variances should be made known to the individuals or group performing
the installation at the earliest possible date (preferably prior to the purchase).

The ultrasound suite must be clean prior to delivery of the machine. Carpet is not recommended
because it collects dust and creates static. Potential sources of EMI (electromagnetic interference)
should also be investigated before delivery. Dirt, static, and EMI can negatively impact system reliability.

2 - 10 Section 2-3 - Facility needs


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

2-3-3 Required facility needs

NOTE: GE Healthcare requires a dedicated power and ground for the proper operation of its Ultrasound
equipment. This dedicated power shall originate at the last distribution panel before the system.

The VIVID E9/VIVID E7 will function on voltages from 100-240 Volts and 50 or 60 Hz. However, if using
220 volt power in North America, then a center tapped power source is required.

Sites with a mains power system with defined Neutral and Live:

The dedicated line shall consist of one phase, a neutral (not shared with any other circuit), and a full
size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet.

Sites with a mains power system without a defined Neutral:

The dedicated line shall consist of one phase (two lines), not shared with any other circuit, and a full
size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet.

Dedicated single branch power outlet of adequate amperage (see Table 2-2 on page 2-5) meeting
all local and national codes which is located less than 2.5 m (8 ft.) from the units proposed location
Door opening is at least 76 cm (30 in) wide
Proposed location for unit is at least 0.3 m (1 ft.) from the wall for cooling
Power outlet and place for any external peripheral are within 2 m (6.5 ft.) of each other with
peripheral within 1 m of the unit to connect cables.

NOTE: VIVID E9/VIVID E7 has two outlets inside the unit, one is for the B/W printer and one spare.

Power outlets for other medical equipment


Power outlets for test equipment within 1 m (3.2 ft.) of unit
Clean and protected space to store probes (in their cases or on a rack)
Material to safely clean probes (done with a plastic container, never metal)

Chapter 2 - Site preparations 2 - 11


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

2-3-4 Desirable features


Door is at least 92 cm (3 ft.) wide
Circuit breaker for dedicated power outlet is easily accessible
Sink with hot and cold water
Receptacle for biohazardous waste, like used probe sheaths
Emergency oxygen supply
Storage for linens and equipment
Nearby waiting room, lavatory, and dressing room
Dual level lighting (bright and dim)
Lockable cabinet ordered by GE for its software and proprietary manuals

2-3-5 Minimal floor plan suggestion

Figure 2-1 Minimal Floor Plan, 2.5 m x 3 m (8 by 10 foot)


Scale:
Each square equals one
square foot (app. 31 x 31 cm)

Ethernet Connector

Ultrasound Power outlet


Unit

GE cabinet for
software and
manuals (optional)

2-3-6 Suggested Floor Plan, VIVID E9/VIVID E7 and EchoPAC PC in Same Room

A dedicated Ethernet network wall outlet


3 Dedicated Power outlets
EchoPAC PC parts UPS
A dedicated Analog Telephone jack
Hot & Cold water

A dedicated Ethernet
network wall outlet
1.5m
243,84 cm A dedicated Power
outlet

105cm

609.6 cm

Figure 2-2 Suggested Room with EchoPAC PC and Ultrasound Scanner

2 - 12 Section 2-3 - Facility needs


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

2-3-7 Networking setup requirements

2-3-7-1 Stand alone scanner (without network connection)


None.

2-3-7-2 Scanner connected to hospitals network


Supported networks:

10/100/1000 Mbit Ethernet/DICOM network (option)

2-3-7-3 InSite Requirements


InSite requires an Ethernet connection either via:

10/100 Mbit or 10/100/1000 Mbit Interface

2-3-7-4 Purpose of the DICOM network function


DICOM services provide the operator with clinically useful features for moving images and patient
information over a hospital network. Examples of DICOM services include the transfer of images to
workstations for viewing or transferring images to remote printers. As an added benefit, transferring
images in this manner frees up the on-board monitor and peripherals, enabling viewing to be done while
scanning continues. With DICOM, images can be archived, stored, and retrieved faster, easier, and at
a lower cost.

2-3-7-5 DICOM option setup requirements


To configure the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 to work with other network connections, the sites network
administrator must provide information to complete the form in Figure 2-3 "Worksheet for DICOM
Network Information" on page 2-14. Ensure that there are no spaces in any field of the form.

Entries must include:

A host name, local port number, AE Title, IP address and Net Mask for the VIVID E9/VIVID E7.
The IP addresses for the default gateway and other routers at the site for ROUTING
INFORMATION.
The host name, IP address, port and AE Title for each device the site wants connected to the
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 for DICOM APPLICATION INFORMATION. A field for the make (manufacturer)
and the revision of the device, is also included. This information may be useful for error solving.

Chapter 2 - Site preparations 2 - 13


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

2-3-7-5 DICOM option setup requirements (contd)

Figure 2-3 Worksheet for DICOM Network Information

VIVID E9/
VIVID E7
Host Name Local Port IP Address . . .

AE Title Net Mask . . .

ROUTING INFORMATION GATEWAY IP Addresses


Destination
IP Addresses Default . . .

ROUTER1 . . . . . .
ROUTER2 . . . . . .
ROUTER3 . . . . . .

DICOM APPLICATION INFORMATION


NAME MAKE/REVISION AE TITLE IP ADDRESSES PORT

Store 1 . . .

Store 2 . . .

Store 3 . . .

Store 4 . . .

Store 5 . . .

Store 6 . . .

Worklist . . .

Storage
. . .
Commit

MPPS . . .

2 - 14 Section 2-3 - Facility needs


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 3
System setup

Section 3-1
Overview
3-1-1 Purpose of this chapter
This chapter contains information needed to install VIVID E9/VIVID E7. Included is a procedure that
describes how to receive and unpack the equipment and how to file a damage or loss claim.

How to prepare the facility and unit of the actual installation, and how to check and test the unit, probes,
and external peripherals for electrical safety are included in this procedure.

3-1-2 Contents in this chapter


3-1 Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3-2 Setup reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
3-3 Receiving and unpacking the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3-4 Preparing for setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
3-5 Completing the setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
3-6 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
3-7 Connectivity overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
3-8 Connectivity setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
3-9 Disk Management setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-99
3-10 InSite ExC setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-101
3-11 Options Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-109
3-12 Setup paperwork. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-112

Chapter 3 - System setup 3-1


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3-2
Setup reminders
3-2-1 Average setup time

Table 3-1 Average installation time

AVERAGE
DESCRIPTION INSTALLATION COMMENTS
TIME
UNPACKING THE SCANNER 0.5 HOUR

INSTALL SCANNER WO/OPTIONS 4 HOURS DEPENDENT ON THE CONFIGURATION

DICOM NETWORK CONFIGURATION 2 HOURS OR MORE DEPENDENT ON THE CONFIGURATION

INSTALL INSITE / ILINK 0.5 HOUR

3-2-2 Setup warnings

DANGER WHEN USING ANY TEST INSTRUMENT THAT IS CAPABLE OF OPENING THE
AC GROUND LINE (I.E., METERS GROUND SWITCH IS OPEN), DONT TOUCH
THE UNIT!

CAUTION IF THE UNIT IS VERY COLD OR HOT, DO NOT TURN ON ITS POWER UNTIL IT HAS HAD A
CHANCE TO ACCLIMATE TO ITS OPERATING ENVIRONMENT.

Table 3-2 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 Acclimate Time


oC -40 -35 -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
oF -40 -31 -22 -13 -4 5 14 23 32 41 50 59 68 77 86 95 104 113 122 131 140 149 158
Hrs 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 4 6 8 10 12

CAUTION TO PREVENT ELECTRICAL SHOCK, CONNECT THE UNIT TO A PROPERLY GROUNDED


POWER OUTLET. DO NOT USE A THREE TO TWO PRONG ADAPTER. THIS DEFEATS SAFETY
GROUNDING.

CAUTION DO NOT WEAR THE ESD WRIST STRAP WHEN YOU WORK ON LIVE CIRCUITS AND MORE
THAN 30 V PEAK IS PRESENT.

CAUTION DO NOT OPERATE THIS UNIT UNLESS ALL BOARD COVERS AND FRAME PANELS ARE
SECURELY IN PLACE. SYSTEM PERFORMANCE AND COOLING REQUIRE THIS.

3-2 Section 3-2 - Setup reminders


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-2-2 Setup warnings (contd)

CAUTION OPERATOR MANUAL(S)


THE USER MANUAL(S) SHOULD BE FULLY READ AND UNDERSTOOD BEFORE OPERATING
THE VIVID E9/VIVID E7 AND KEPT NEAR THE UNIT FOR QUICK REFERENCE.

CAUTION ACOUSTIC OUTPUT HAZARD


ALTHOUGH THE ULTRASOUND ENERGY TRANSMITTED FROM THE VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROBE
IS WITHIN AIUM/NEMA STANDARDS, AVOID UNNECESSARY EXPOSURE. ULTRASOUND
ENERGY CAN PRODUCE HEAT AND MECHANICAL DAMAGE.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3-3


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3-3
Receiving and unpacking the equipment
3-3-1 Purpose of this section
This section describes how to receive and unpack VIVID E9/VIVID E7.

Two types of packages have been used; a Wooden Box and a Carton Box on a Wooden Pallet. Some
of the Receiving and Unpacking instructions are specific for only one of the boxes. This will be stated
where applicable.

3-3-2 Contents in this section


3-3-1 Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3-3-2 Contents in this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3-3-3 Receiving and unpacking warnings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
3-3-4 Receiving the VIVID E9/VIVID E7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
3-3-5 Unpacking VIVID E9/VIVID E7 from the Carton Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
3-3-6 Unpacking VIVID E9/VIVID E7 from the Wooden Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16

3-3-3 Receiving and unpacking warnings

CAUTION TWO PEOPLE ARE NEEDED TO UNPACK THE VIVID E9/VIVID E7 BECAUSE OF THE WEIGHT.
ATTEMPTS TO MOVE THE VIVID E9/VIVID E7 CONSIDERABLE DISTANCES OR ON AN INCLINE
BY ONE PERSON COULD RESULT IN INJURY OR DAMAGE OR BOTH.
TWO PEOPLE ARE REQUIRED WHENEVER A PART WEIGHING 16 KG (35 LBS) OR MORE MUST
BE LIFTED.

CAUTION REMEMBER TO USE RELEVANT PERSONAL PROTECTING EQUIPMENT (PPE) DURING


PACKING/UNPACKING. CHECK WITH YOUR LOCAL EHS REPRESENTATIVE.

3-4 Section 3-3 - Receiving and unpacking the equipment


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-3-4 Receiving the VIVID E9/VIVID E7

3-3-4-1 The Tilt & Shock indicators

Overview
Improper handling during transportation may harm the equipment inside the package even if the
package itself is undamaged.

To make it easier to detection if the handling during transportation has been improper, a set of Tilt &
Shock indicators have been attached to the transportation box.

Table 3-3 Shock and Tilt Watch

Description Illustration
ShockWatch

Tilt Watch

Chapter 3 - System setup 3-5


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-3-4-2 Examine all packages

Examine all packages closely at time of delivery, as described in the procedure below.

Table 3-4 Examine all packages


STEP TASK ILLUSTRATIONS

1 Is damage apparent?
If YES; continue with the instructions in subsection
3-3-4-3 - Damage in transportation.
If NO; continue with the next step.

2 Is the Shock Indicator red colored inside the middle of the


indicator? RED COLOR
If YES: The Shock Indicator has been activated.
Continue with the instructions in subsection
3-3-4-4 - If Shock Indicator has triggered or is missing,
then continue with the next step.
If NO: continue with the next step.

3 Is the Tilt Indicator red colored inside the middle of the


indicator?
If YES: The Tilt Indicator has been activated. RED COLOR
Continue with the instructions in subsection
3-3-4-5 - If Tilt Indicator has triggered or is missing
before you continue with the next step.
If NO: continue with the next step

5 Carton Box ONLY:


Continue with:
3-3-5 "Unpacking VIVID E9/VIVID E7 from the Carton Box" on page 3-9.

4 Wooden Box ONLY:


The two upper hinges on the Front Side and the Rear Side of
the wooden transportation box have been sealed with red
plastic seals, marked GE Vingmed Ultrasound and a serial
number. Verify that the four red plastic seals are intact at
arrival.

If seals are broken:


If broken, it indicates that the container may have been
opened after it left the manufacturer.
Continue with the instructions in subsection
3-3-4-3 - Damage in transportation.

Continue with the instructions in:


3-3-6 - Unpacking VIVID E9/VIVID E7 from the Wooden Box.

3-6 Section 3-3 - Receiving and unpacking the equipment


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-3-4-3 Damage in transportation


Follow this procedure if damage is apparent, or if the Tilt & Drop indicators show failure:

Table 3-5 Damage in transportation


STEP TASK

1 Write Damage In Shipment on ALL copies of the freight or express bill BEFORE delivery is accepted or signed
for by a GE representative or hospital receiving agent.

2 Report the damage to the carrier.


Whether noted or concealed, damage MUST be reported to the carrier immediately upon discovery, or in
any event, within 14 days after receipt, and the contents and containers held for inspection by the carrier.
A transportation company will not pay a claim for damage if an inspection is not requested within this 14
day period.

3-3-4-4 If Shock Indicator has triggered or is missing


The purpose of a shock indicator label is NOT to tell if a product has been damaged during shipment.
The purpose of these labels is to alert people handling a package that the product contained is very
sensitive to shock damage and that it should be handled carefully. It is basically an active Fragile label
that turns red if a predetermined shock does occur. Because the labels can receive false activation due
to an impact shock directly on the label, an activated label must not be interpreted to mean product
damage. It simply means that the receiver should note on the shipping papers at the time of receipt that
the label was activated and the product should be inspected for possible concealed damage.
Conversely, a high level, product-damaging shock could occur to the package in a way that does not
activate the label, so a non activated label does not insure that the product is not damaged. Some
degree of inspection is still required.

Table 3-6 Shock Indicator has triggered or is missing

STEP TASK

1 If the Shock Indicator is missing:


Note on the shipping papers at the time of receipt that the Shock Indicator label is
missing.
If the Shock Indicator has triggered:
Note on the shipping papers at the time of receipt that the Shock Indicator label was
activated.
2 Inspect the product for possible concealed damage.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3-7


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-3-4-5 If Tilt Indicator has triggered or is missing


The purpose of the tilt indicator label is to alert people handling a product that it is sensitive to tipping
and it must remain upright at all times. It is basically an active Up Arrow that changes color if the
package is tipped 89 degrees or more from horizontal. These labels can be false activated if tipped less
than 89 degrees, and shocked or vibrated at the same time. This event does occur, but is considered
uncommon. If a package is received with an activated tilt indicator label, there is high degree of certainty
it tipped 89 degrees or more from horizontal during shipment.

An activated tilt indicator label does not indicate if the package was simply Tipped (laid down with no
impact shock) or Tipped Over (free fall, with an impact shock). Using both shock indicator labels and
tilt indicator labels will help identify if a Tip Over impact shock occurred.

Table 3-7 Tilt Indicator has triggered or is missing

STEP TASK

1 If the Tilt Indicator is missing:


Note on the shipping papers at the time of receipt that the Tilt Indicator label is missing.
If the Tilt Indicator has triggered:
Note on the shipping papers at the time of receipt that the Tilt Indicator label was
activated.
2 Inspect the product for possible concealed damage.

3-8 Section 3-3 - Receiving and unpacking the equipment


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-3-5 Unpacking VIVID E9/VIVID E7 from the Carton Box

3-3-5-1 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 Transportation Box Label on the Carton Box


The VIVID E9/VIVID E7 Transportation Box Label is printed on four sides of the Carton Box.

Figure 3-1 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 Transportation Box Label printed on the Carton Box

ICONS ICONS ICONS


and DESCRIPTION and DESCRIPTION and DESCRIPTION
SYMBOLS SYMBOLS SYMBOLS

KEEP AIR PRESSURE


FRAGILE, HANDLE
BETWEEN 70 kPa and DO NOT STACK
WITH CARE
106 kPa

KEEP
TRANSPORTATION TOP UPRIGHT
KEEP DRY, PROTECT
TEMPERATURE TRANSPORTA-TION
FROM MOISTURE
BETWEEN -20C AND AND STORAGE
+60C

RECYCLING.
RELATIVE HUMIDITY
HANDLE WITH CARE RECYCLABLE
BETWEEN 30 AND 95%
PACKING PARTS

MANUFACTURER

Chapter 3 - System setup 3-9


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-3-5-2 Uncrating the VIVID E9/VIVID E7

Table 3-8 Uncrating the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 sheet 1 of 4

Step Task Illustration

1. Cut the straps around the crate.

2. Remove the Top Cover.

3. Remove the Complete Column Left and


Complete Column Right.

4. Remove the Box For Accessories.

3 - 10 Section 3-3 - Receiving and unpacking the equipment


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Table 3-8 Uncrating the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 (contd) sheet 2 of 4

Step Task Illustration

5. Remove the two Frames (sides) and the two


Exit Ramp Bases.

6. Install the two Exit Ramp Base on the


Complete Exit Ramp (the rear plate).

7. Remove the Support For Monitor.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 11


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Table 3-8 Uncrating the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 (contd) sheet 3 of 4

Step Task Illustration

8. Remove the Complete Front Protection.

9. Remove the plastic bag from the VIVID E9/


VIVID E7.
10. Remove the Inlay UI Top.

11. Fold down the assembled Exit Ramp.

3 - 12 Section 3-3 - Receiving and unpacking the equipment


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Table 3-8 Uncrating the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 (contd) sheet 4 of 4

Step Task Illustration

12. Unlock the Front Brakes on the VIVID E9/


VIVID E7, but keep direction lock activated.
The direction lock keeps the front wheels in
position, and secures the direction stability
when the system is rolled down the ramp
from the pallet.
13. Unlock the Rear Brakes.

1 - Direction (Dir) Lock


2 - Release Dir Lock and Front Brakes
3 - Front Brakes
4 - Rear Brakes
14. Carefully move the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 down
the ramp, with rear end first.
15. Assemble the empty transportation box and
place all of the filling inside the box before
you close it.
Close the box, and store it for possible future
use.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 13


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-3-5-3 Packing materials for the Carton Box - recycling information


The packing materials for VIVID E9/VIVID E7 are recyclable, refer to the table below.

Table 3-9 Packaging parts for VIVID E9/VIVID E7 sheet 1 of 2

Item Description QTY. Material *) Illustration

1. Export pallet 1200 x 800 1 D

2. Complete base 1 A

3. Complete column left and right 2 A

4. Support for monitor 1 C

5. Inlay UI Top 1 C

6. Complete front protection 1 B

7. Exit ramp 1 A

8. Frame 1112 x 740 x 1225 2 A

9. Exit ramp base 2 A

3 - 14 Section 3-3 - Receiving and unpacking the equipment


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Table 3-9 Packaging parts for VIVID E9/VIVID E7 (contd) sheet 2 of 2

Item Description QTY. Material *) Illustration

10. Box for accessories 1 A

11. Top cover 1140 x 755 x 150 1 A

12. Support plate, used to keep 1 A


Front Protection in place if there
are few or none probes
included.

13. Protectors for Top Cover 2 A

*) Material type: A: BB34bc with varnish C9068


B: BB27c with varnish C9068
C: PE foam, Stratocell
D: Wood ISPM15

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 15


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-3-6 Unpacking VIVID E9/VIVID E7 from the Wooden Box

3-3-6-1 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 Transportation Box Label for the Wooden Box

The VIVID E9/VIVID E7 Transportation Box Label is located at the front of the Wooden Transportation
Box.

Figure 3-2 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 Transportation Box Label used on the Wooden Box

106 kPa 60 C 95%

RELATIVE HUMIDITY HANDLE WITH KEEP DRY,


70 kPa -20 C 30%

BETWEEN 30 and 95% CARE PROTECT FROM MOISTURE


 Vivid E9


(Max size): 116x78x133 mm (LxWxH)
(Net weight): 128 kg
(Gross weight): 200 kg
(Box No.): 1/1

GE Vingmed Ultrasound AS
Strandpromenade 45
N-3191 Horten

GaG
: Vivid E9
:
GGGZ[ZG
wvihGGG^SG_
: GE Vingmed Ultrasound AS OP
aGW`TYW`
GaGGGGGGSG
GGGGGGG
GG
GGaGGG
: 1 Set

Vivid E9
, , :
AC: 100 ~ 230 VAC, 50 ~ 60 Hz, 1100 W
: 1 , CF

KEEP TRANSPORTATION TOP UPRIGHT FRAGILE,


TEMPERATURE BETWEEN TRANSPORTATION & HANDLE WITH CARE
-20C and +60C STORAGE

KEEP AIR PRESSURE


BETWEEN
GA314326-05

70 kPa and 106 kPa

RECYCLING.
RECYCLABLE WOOD MANUFACTURER

3 - 16 Section 3-3 - Receiving and unpacking the equipment


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-3-6-2 Unpack the VIVID E9/VIVID E7

Table 3-10 Unpacking VIVID E9/VIVID E7 from the Wooden Box sheet 1 of 2
Step Task

1. Open the four hinges on each door and remove the doors.
One of the doors are used as ramp out off and into the transportation box.
On the first version of the Transportation Box, only the front door is meant to be used as a ramp. It has bevel cut in one end.
Front door bevel cut.
This end of the door
should be used as
the lower end of the
ramp.

2. Place the front door as a ramp against the rear edge of the pallet.

Labank

On the second version transportation box, the ramp is placed


directly on the labank ends.

3. Carefully remove the accessory box, and any other items, including the wooden shelf above the scanners Operator Panel and all
the filling material, from the Transportation Box.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 17


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Table 3-10 Unpacking VIVID E9/VIVID E7 from the Wooden Box (contd) sheet 2 of 2
Step Task

4.

NOTICE
Moving the unit in and out of the transportation box
The unit has brakes on all wheels, but direction lock only on the
front wheels. The wheels position when moving the system into Direction Lock Brake Brakes
its transportation box are therefore vital. If the wheels are
swiveling when the system is inside the transportation box, it
may jam the system inside the box. The system must be moved
backwards both into and out of the transportation box.

Moving the system into the transportation box


1. Align the front wheel under the front end of the system as
shown in Figure 1.
2. Push the direction lock pedal to lock the front wheels in this
direction. Check that they are locked.
3. Push the Top Console to its lowest and most backward Front Wheels Rear Wheels
locked position.
4. Pull the system into the box with the rear end first. Figure 1: Brakes and direction locks

Moving the system out of the transportation box Transportation box


1. Unlock brakes but keep direction lock activated. The
direction lock keeps the front wheels in position, and secures
the direction stability when the system is rolled out of the
transportation box.
2. Pull the system out of the box with rear end first.

CAUTION
Have two people available to unpack the system.
Attempts to move the system considerable Figure 2: Console and Wheels position
distances or on an incline by one person could
result in injury or damage or both.
Transport notice GA314329-02

Press once on the Release pedal to release the brakes.


Press once on the Direction Lock pedal to keep direction lock activated. The direction lock keeps the front wheels from swiveling
and blocking the system inside the narrow transportation box.

5. Carefully move the instrument out of the Transportation Box, down the ramp, with rear end first.

6. Remove the clear plastic (wrapped around the scanner) from the unit.

7. Place all the filling material inside the Transportation Box, close it and store it for possible use in the future.

3 - 18 Section 3-3 - Receiving and unpacking the equipment


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-3-6-3 Packing materials for the Wooden Box - recycling information


The packing materials for VIVID E9/VIVID E7 are recyclable:

The Transportation Box is made of spruce or similar material.


(PHYTOSANITARY CERTIFICATE included in all shipments to The People's Republic of China.)
Lever lockings (hinges) are made of zinc plated steel.
The inner reinforcements are made of Ethafoam (Polyethylene foam).
The plastic foil is made of LDPE (Low Density Polyethylene).

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 19


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3-4
Preparing for setup
3-4-1 Verify Customer Order
Compare items received by the customer to that which is listed on the delivery order. Report any items
that are missing, back ordered, or damaged.

3-4-2 Physical inspection


Verify that the system arrived intact (visual inspection).
If the system has been damaged, please refer to Damage in Transportation on page x in the beginning
of this manual.

3-4-3 EMI protection


This unit has been designed to minimize the effects of Electro-Magnetic Interference (EMI). Many of the
covers, shields, and screws are provided primarily to protect the system from image artifacts caused by
this interference. For this reason, it is imperative that all covers and hardware are installed and secured
before the unit is put into operation.

See 2-2-4 "EMI limitations" on page 2-7 for more information about EMI protection.

3 - 20 Section 3-4 - Preparing for setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3-5
Completing the setup
3-5-1 Purpose of this section
This section describes how to complete the installation of VIVID E9/VIVID E7.

3-5-2 Contents in this section


3-5-1 Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
3-5-2 Contents in this section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
3-5-3 System specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
3-5-4 Electrical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
3-5-5 Connections on the I/O Rear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
3-5-6 Connections on the Patient I/O panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
3-5-7 Connecting Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
3-5-8 Power On/Boot Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
3-5-9 Power shut down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
3-5-10 Complete power down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33

3-5-3 System specifications

3-5-3-1 System requirements verification


Verify that the site meets the requirements listed in Chapter 2 (see: "Facility needs" on page 2-10).
Verify that the specifications below dont conflict with any on-site conditions.

3-5-3-2 Physical dimensions


The physical dimensions of the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 unit are summarized in Table 3-11.

Table 3-11 Physical dimensions of VIVID E9/VIVID E7 with monitor and peripherals

HEIGHT WIDTH DEPTH UNIT


137.5/157.5 54.0 80.0 cm

54.1/62.0 21.2 31.4 Inches

3-5-3-3 Mass with monitor and peripherals

Table 3-12 Mass of VIVID E9/VIVID E7 with monitor and peripherals

MODEL WEIGHT [KG] WEIGHT [LBS]


VIVID E9/VIVID E7 128 283

3-5-3-4 Acoustic noise level


Less than 55 dB(A) at 20 degrees Celsius, measured in the operators head position, 20 cm in front of
the keyboards right corner, at 1.30 m above the floor, and in a distance of 1 meter at all four sides, 1
meter above the floor.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 21


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-5-4 Electrical specifications

WARNING CONNECTING A VIVID E9/VIVID E7 UNIT TO THE WRONG VOLTAGE LEVEL WILL
MOST LIKELY DESTROY THE UNIT.

3-5-4-1 Verification of the systems voltage setting


Verify that the mains voltage specified for the unit is available on-site.

The voltage setting for the unit is found on a label near the Mains Power Circuit Breaker on the rear of
the system.

Figure 3-3 Mains Voltage Rating label


VERIFY THAT THE VOLTAGE ON THE
LABEL CORRESPONDS TO THE SITES
R E F # 1 G A 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 -2 3 0 V A C MAINS VOLTAGE
R E F # 2 H 4 5 5 4 1 S D 1 1 0 0 W
M o d e l: V iv id E 9 5 0 /6 0 H z
0 1
G A 3 1 4 3 2 3

3-5-4-2 Electrical specifications for VIVID E9/VIVID E7


In the table below, the electrical specifications for VIVID E9 and VIVID E7 includes monitor and on board
peripherals.

Table 3-13 Electrical specifications for VIVID E9/VIVID E7

POWER
PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION VOLTAGE TOLERANCES CONSUMPTION FREQUENCY

XDclear (S/W v113.x)

GB000070 Vivid E9 4D Expert Option 17 inch LCD

GB000080 Vivid E9 4D Expert Option 19 inch LCD

GB000075 Vivid E9 2D 17 inch LCD

GB000085 Vivid E9 2D 19 inch LCD


100-230 VAC 10% 1100 W 50/60 Hz
GB000090 Vivid E9 Pro configuration 17 inch LCD

GB000095 Vivid E9 Pro configuration 19 inch LCD

GB000099 Vivid E7 'XDclear' 'Pro configuration' 17'

GB000100 Vivid E7 'XDclear' 'Pro configuration' 19'

BT12

GA000940 Vivid E9 4D Expert Option - 17 LCD

GA000950 Vivid E9 4D Expert Option - 19 LCD

GA000945 Vivid E9 2D - 17 LCD


100-230 VAC 10% 1100 W 50/60 Hz
GA000955 Vivid E9 2D - 19 LCD

GB000040 Vivid E9 BT12 PRO Configuration 17 LCD

GB000050 Vivid E9 BT12 PRO Configuration 19 LCD

3 - 22 Section 3-5 - Completing the setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Table 3-13 Electrical specifications for VIVID E9/VIVID E7 (contd)

POWER
PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION VOLTAGE TOLERANCES CONSUMPTION FREQUENCY

BT11

GA000810 VIVID E9 4D Expert Option - 17 LCD

GA000815 VIVID E9 4D Expert Option - 19 LCD


100-230 VAC 10% 1100 W 50/60 Hz
GA000830 VIVID E9 2D - 17 LCD

GA000835 VIVID E9 2D - 19 LCD

BT09

GA000100 VIVID E9 (with 4D) - v108.x.x 100-230 VAC 10% 1100 W 50/60 Hz

The current drain will vary depending on the mains voltage.

At 230 VAC the current may be up to 5 A.


At 100 VAC the current may be up to 12 A.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 23


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-5-5 Connections on the I/O Rear Panel


NOTE: Accessory equipment connected to the analog and digital interfaces must be certified according
to the respective IEC standards (e.g. IEC60950 for data processing equipment and IEC60601-
1 for medical equipment). Furthermore, all complete configurations shall comply with the valid
version of the system standard IEC60601-1-1. Everybody who connects additional equipment
to the signal input part or signal output part of VIVID E9/VIVID E7, configures a medical system,
and is therefore responsible that the system complies with the requirements of the valid version
of IEC60601-1-1. If in doubt, consult the technical service department or your local
representative for GE.

3-5-5-1 Connect Ethernet


Connect the network cable to the Ethernet connector on the BEP I/O board.

The connector is located on the connector panel on the rear side of VIVID E9/VIVID E7.

Figure 3-4 Ethernet connection on rear side of VIVID E9/VIVID E7

!
ETHERNET
CONNECTOR

L R

3-5-5-2 Connect USB Flash Card

NOTE: USB Flash Cards approved for VIVID E9/VIVID E7 are verified for EMC performance according
to EN55011 class B. The use of any other USB Flash Cards will compromise this verification,
and may cause interference on VIVID E9/VIVID E7 itself, or on other electronic devices.
For approved models, see: Section 9-16 "Peripherals for VIVID E9/VIVID E7" on page 9-88.

Install the USB Flash Card in one of the USB ports on the VIVID E9/VIVID E7. Two ports are provided
on the Operator Panel, to the left for the Touch Screen.

3 - 24 Section 3-5 - Completing the setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-5-6 Connections on the Patient I/O panel


The Patient I/O panel is located on the front of VIVID E9/VIVID E7.

Figure 3-5 Patient I/O Panel

1 - PHONO
2 - ECG
3 - AUX (PRESSURE/PULSE)

3-5-6-1 Connect ECG


Connect the ECG cable to the ECG connector on the Patient I/O panel.

3-5-6-2 Connect Heart Microphone (Phono)


The Heart Microphone has its corresponding Phono adapter. See Section 9-21 "Physio TX Parts" on
page 9-121.

Connect the Heart Microphone via the corresponding Phono Adapter to the Phono input on the Patient
I/O panel.

Figure 3-6 Heart Microphone (Phono)

PHONO ADAPTER
MA-300

3-5-6-3 Connect Pulse Pressure Transducer


Connect the Pulse Pressure Transducer via the corresponding Auxiliary/Pressure Adapter to the Patient
I/O panel. For Part Number and model information, see Section 9-21 "Physio TX Parts" on page 9-121.

Figure 3-7 Pulse Pressure Transducer

AUX/PRESSURE
TY-306
ADAPTER

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 25


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-5-7 Connecting Probes

3-5-7-1 Introduction to Connecting Probes


Probes can be connected at any time, whether the unit is on or off.

The system has three types of probe ports; one PD probe port, three PDT probe ports (Figure 3-8) and
a Doppler probe port.

The PD probe port is compatible with the Vivid 7 probe connectors.


The three PDT probe ports are specific to the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 probe connectors.
The Doppler probe port is used for CW Doppler probes (non-sector-probes), sometimes called
PEDOF probes.

Figure 3-8 Probe connectors

1 - PD PROBE PORT: FOR VIVID 7 COMPATIBLE PROBE CONNECTORS


2 - PDT PROBE PORTS: FOR VIVID E9/VIVID E7 SPECIFIC PROBE CONNECTORS

NOTE! The Doppler probe port is not illustrated here.

3 - 26 Section 3-5 - Completing the setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-5-7-2 Connect a probe

NOTE: It is not necessary to turn OFF power to connect or disconnect a probe.

CAUTION DO NOT ALLOW THE PROBE HEAD TO HANG FREELY. EXCESSIVE IMPACT TO THE PROBE
WILL RESULT IN IRREPARABLE DAMAGE.

CAUTION TO PREVENT PROBE CONNECTOR PINS DAMAGE, OR PCB BOARD DAMAGE, DO NOT USE
EXCESSIVE FORCE WHEN CONNECTING THE PROBES.

CAUTION KEEP THE PROBE CABLES AWAY FROM THE WHEELS.


DO NOT BEND THE PROBE CABLES
DO NOT CROSS CABLES BETWEEN PROBES.

1.) Before connecting the probe:


a.) Do a visual check of the probe pins and system sockets.
b.) Remove any dust or foam rests from the probe pins.
c.) Verify the probe and the probe cable for any visual damage.
2.) Hold the probe connector vertically with the cable pointing upward.
3.) Turn the connector locking handle counter-clockwise to the horizontal position.
4.) Align the connector with the probe port and carefully push into place.
5.) Turn the locking handle clockwise to the full vertical position to lock in place.
6.) Position the probe cable so that it is not resting on the floor.

3-5-7-3 Disconnect a probe


1.) Rotate the lock handle counter-clockwise to the horizontal position to unlock the connector.
2.) Remove the connector from the port.
3.) Ensure that the probe head is clean before placing the probe in its storage case, see 10-5-5 "Probe
maintenance" on page 10-13 for cleaning instructions.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 27


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-5-8 Power On/Boot Up

3-5-8-1 Warnings

DANGER ALWAYS CONNECT THE UNIT TO A FIXED POWER SOCKET WHICH HAS THE
PROTECTIVE GROUNDING CONNECTOR.
DANGER NEVER USE A THREE-TO-TWO PRONG ADAPTER; THIS DEFEATS THE
SAFETY GROUND.
DANGER ENSURE THAT THE POWER CORD AND PLUG ARE INTACT AND THAT THE
POWER PLUG IS THE PROPER HOSPITAL-GRADE TYPE (WHERE REQUIRED).
CAUTION SYSTEM REQUIRES ALL COVERS
OPERATE THIS UNIT ONLY WHEN ALL BOARD COVERS AND FRAME PANELS ARE
SECURELY IN PLACE. THE COVERS ARE REQUIRED FOR SAFE OPERATION, GOOD SYSTEM
PERFORMANCE AND COOLING PURPOSES.

NOTICE Use only power supply cords, cables and plugs provided by or designated by GE Healthcare.

NOTE: Do not cycle the Circuit Breaker ON-OFF-ON in less than five (5) seconds. When turning OFF
the Circuit Breaker, the system should de-energize completely before turning the circuit breaker
ON.

3 - 28 Section 3-5 - Completing the setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-5-8-2 Connect AC (mains) Power to the VIVID E9/VIVID E7


Connecting AC Power to the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 ultrasound unit, involves preliminary checks of the
power cord, voltage level and compliance with electrical safety requirements.

1.) Ensure that the wall outlet is of appropriate type, and that the Circuit Breaker is turned off.
2.) Uncoil the power cable, allowing sufficient slack so that the unit can be moved slightly.
3.) Verify that the power cable is without any visible scratches or any sign of damage.
4.) Verify that the on-site mains voltage is within the limits indicated on the rating label near the Circuit
Breaker on the rear of the unit.
5.) Connect the Power Cables female plug to the Power Inlet at the rear of the unit.
6.) Lock the plug in position with the Retaining Clamp (ACC Clamp).
7.) Verify that the Mains Power Circuit Breaker is in OFF position, if not, switch it OFF.

Figure 3-9 The Circuit Breaker and On/Off button

8.) Connect the Power Cables other end (male plug) to a hospital grade mains power outlet with the
proper rated voltage, and the unit is ready for Power ON/Boot Up.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 29


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-5-8-3 Switch ON the AC Power to VIVID E9/VIVID E7

1.) Switch ON the Mains Power Circuit Breaker at the rear of the unit.

Figure 3-10 The Circuit breaker and On/Off button

You should hear a click from the relays in the AC Power and the unit is ready to boot.

2.) Press once on the On/Off key on the Operator Panel to boot the unit.
During a normal boot, you may observe that:

a.) The units ventilation fan starts on full speed, but slows down after a few seconds (listen to the
fan sound).
b.) Power is distributed to the peripherals, Operator Panel (Console), Monitor, Front End
Processor and Back End Processor.
c.) Back End Processor and rest of scanner starts with the sequence listed in the next steps:
d.) Back End Processor is turned ON and starts to load the software.
e.) The Start Screen is displayed on the monitor.
f.) A start-up bar indicating the time used for software loading, is displayed on the monitor.

Figure 3-11 Start-up bar

g.) The software initiates and sets up the Front End electronics and the rest of the instrument.
h.) The backlight in the keyboard is lit.

3 - 30 Section 3-5 - Completing the setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-5-8-3 Switch ON the AC Power to VIVID E9/VIVID E7 (contd)


i.) As soon as the software has been loaded, either a 2D screen is displayed on the screen,
indicating that a probe has been connected, or a No Mode screen is displayed, indicating that
no probe has been connected.

Figure 3-12 2D Screen on the display.

NOTE: Total time used for start-up is typical less than two minutes. If starting after a power loss or a
lock-up, the start-up time may be up to four minutes.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 31


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-5-9 Power shut down


When you switch off the unit, the system performs an automatic shutdown sequence.

Figure 3-13 System - Exit menu

The SYSTEM - EXIT menu, used when switching off the unit, gives you these choices:

Logoff
Use this button to log off the current user.

The system remains ON and ready for a new user to log on.

If the Logoff button is dimmed, it indicates that no user is logged on to the unit at the moment.

Shutdown
Use this button to shut down the system. The entire system will shut down. It is recommended to
perform a full shutdown at least once a week.

If the Shutdown button is dimmed, use the key-combination <Ctrl+Alt+R> to shut down the unit.

Cancel
Use this button to exit from the System-Exit menu and return to the previous operation.

Exit (Only available when logged in as GE Service with Service Dongle)


Select this button when you want to exit to the Windows Desktop.

NOTE: If you need to restart VIVID E9/VIVID E7 when logged on to the Windows Desktop, ensure that
you do a complete power down (Shut Down). This is required to power up the Front End
Processor.

Figure 3-14 System - Exit menu (when logged in using Service Dongle)

3 - 32 Section 3-5 - Completing the setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-5-10 Complete power down

1.) Press once on the On/Off key on the Operator Panel to display the System - Exit menu.

Figure 3-15 Press once on the key with the green light

PRESS ONCE

Figure 3-16 Select Shutdown

2.) Select Shutdown to do a complete power down of the unit.


The Back End Processor will first turn off the scanner activity and print the message Please wait -
Shutdown in progress in the LCD display on the Operator Panel.

Next, it starts to shut down itself. The time to turn down the unit, including the Back End Processor,
may vary from 10 seconds up to approximately 1 minute.

The last thing that shuts down, is the light on the Operator Panel, indicating that you can continue
with the next step.

NOTICE Be sure to wait with the next step until the system has finished its shut-down. Failing to do so, may
destroy data on the hard disk, making the system fail later.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 33


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-5-10 Complete power down (contd)


3.) Switch off the Mains Power Circuit Breaker, located on the rear of the unit. This will cut power
distribution within the unit.

Figure 3-17 Circuit Breaker located on rear of the unit

MAINS POWER CIRCUIT


BREAKER

3 - 34 Section 3-5 - Completing the setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3-6
Configuration
3-6-1 Purpose of this section
This section describes how to configure the VIVID E9/VIVID E7.

3-6-2 Contents in this section


3-6-1 Purpose of this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
3-6-2 Contents in this section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
3-6-3 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
3-6-4 Service Screen setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
3-6-5 Optional Peripherals/Peripheral Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
3-6-6 Available Probes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
3-6-7 Software Options Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47

After completing configuration, as described in this section, next step is to control/adjust connectivity
settings, starting with Section 3-7 "Connectivity overview" on page 3-49.

3-6-3 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 configuration

3-6-3-1 Contents in this sub-section


3-6-3-1 Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
3-6-3-2 Select System Settings screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
3-6-3-3 Enter Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
3-6-3-4 Date and time adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
3-6-3-5 Select User Interface Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
3-6-3-6 Select Online Manual Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
3-6-3-7 Select Units of Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 35


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-6-3-2 Select System Settings screen


1.) Select Config (F2) and log on as adm, see 4-2-7 "Logging on to VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as ADM" on
page 4-15.
2.) Select System and then select Settings, if needed.

Figure 3-18 Hospital and department name

SETTINGS

HOSPITAL NAME

DEPARTMENT

SYSTEM

3-6-3-3 Enter Location

Table 3-14 Location name

STEP TASK EXPECTED RESULT(S)

The 24 first characters of this name are displayed on the scanning


Select the Hospital field, see Figure 3-18, and type the name of screens title bar (after restart)
1
the hospital (max 64 characters). All 64 are displayed on the image properties on saved images (after
restart).

Select in the Department field, see Figure 3-18, and type the This name will be displayed on the image properties on saved images as
2
name of the department (max 64 characters). soon as the unit has been restarted.

3 - 36 Section 3-6 - Configuration


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-6-3-4 Date and time adjustments

Figure 3-19 Date and time adjustments


a

Table 3-15 Date and Time adjustments

STEP TASK EXPECTED RESULT(S)

Open the System (Configuration) Window, see 4-2-7 "Logging


1 on to VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as ADM" on page 4-15. The System Settings window is displayed.
Select System, if needed.

Select the preferred Date Format, see (d) in Figure 3-19.


DD = Date (two digits)
2 EU: the European/International DD.MM.YYYY format is used
MM = Month (two digits)
US: the American MM.DD.YYYY format is used
YYYY = Year (four digits)

24: the 24 hour format is used


3 Select the preferred Time Format, see (c) in Figure 3-19.
12: the 12 AM/PM hour format is used

4 Adjust the date, see (a) in Figure 3-19. New date is displayed

5 Adjust the time, see (b) in Figure 3-19. New time is displayed

1900: the number 19 is automatically displayed when entering the year


in the patient date of birth.
To edit century, press BACKSPACE twice.
2000: the number 20 is automatically displayed when entering the year
Select Default Century (1900, 2000 or None), see (e) in Figure
6 in the patient date of birth.
3-19.
To edit century, press BACKSPACE twice.
None: the four digits have to be typed when entering the year in the
patient date of birth.
The selected setting will be used as soon as the unit has been restarted.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 37


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-6-3-5 Select User Interface Language

Figure 3-20 Select User Interface Language

LANGUAGE

Table 3-16 Language Adjustments

STEP TASK EXPECTED RESULT(S)

1. Open the Configuration Window, see 4-2-7 "Logging on to


VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as ADM" on page 4-15. The System Settings window is displayed.
Select System, if needed.

2. Use the Language drop down dialog, see Figure 3-20, to select The selected language will be used as soon as the unit has been
your preferred language for the on-screen interface. restarted.

3 - 38 Section 3-6 - Configuration


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-6-3-6 Select Online Manual Language

Figure 3-21 Online Manual Language Selection

MANUAL LANGUAGE

Table 3-17 Online Manual Language Selection

STEP TASK EXPECTED RESULT(S)

1. Open the Configuration Window, see 4-2-7 "Logging on to


VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as ADM" on page 4-15. The System Settings window is displayed.
Select System, if needed.

2. Use the Manual Language drop down dialog, see Figure 3-21, The selected language will be used as soon as the unit has been
to select your preferred language. restarted.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 39


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-6-3-7 Select Units of Measure

Figure 3-22 Select Units of Measure

UNITS

Table 3-18 Select Units of Measure

STEP TASK EXPECTED RESULT(S)

1. Open the Configuration Window, see 4-2-7 "Logging on to


VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as ADM" on page 4-15. The System Settings window is displayed.
Select System, if needed.

2. The selected units (Metric or US) will be used for measurements as soon
Use the drop down dialog to select Metric or US Units.
as the unit has been restarted.

3. Restart the scanner. All the changed settings will be used after the restart.

3 - 40 Section 3-6 - Configuration


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-6-4 Service Screen setup

3-6-4-1 Contents in this sub-section


3-6-4-1 Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
3-6-4-2 Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
3-6-4-3 Open Service Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
3-6-4-4 Select Video Format, PAL or NTSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
3-6-4-5 Alphanumeric Keyboard configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
3-6-4-6 Add Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43

3-6-4-2 Overview
The Service Screen gives you access to:

Select Video Format to be used by DVR


Select DVR
Adjust LCDs Contrast and Backlight Intensity
Alphanumeric Keyboard Setups
Printer Setup
Monitor Selection

3-6-4-3 Open Service Screen


1.) Press Config (F2) and log on as adm, see 4-2-7 "Logging on to VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as ADM" on
page 4-15.
2.) Select Service (lower, right part of window) to view the Service Screen, see Figure 3-23 on page
3-41.

Figure 3-23 Service Screen

SERVICE

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 41


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-6-4-4 Select Video Format, PAL or NTSC


This selection must correspond to the Video Standard (PAL or NTSC) used at the location.

From the Video Settings drop-down menu, select the correct video format (NTSC or PAL).

Figure 3-24 Select Video Format

SELECT VIDEO
FORMAT

3-6-4-5 Alphanumeric Keyboard configuration

NOTE: This Procedure is not required if the alphanumeric keyboard is a US keyboard, since the default
setting is set to US English keyboards.

Figure 3-25 Select Keyboard Setup

KEYBOARD SETUP

1.) Select Keyboard Setup to get access to Keyboard Properties.

Figure 3-26 Select Keyboard Properties

2.) Select Languages, to display the program languages screen.


3.) Use the Language used in menus and dialogs scroll bar to find the correct language for your use.

3 - 42 Section 3-6 - Configuration


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-6-4-6 Add Printer

NOTE: This function may be unavailable for some software versions and it will not always function due
to that usually, a special Installation Wizard is to be used. Please follow instructions in the
respective printer installation procedure for correct printer installation. See 3-6-5 "Optional
Peripherals/Peripheral Connection" on page 3-45 for more information.

Figure 3-27 Add Printer

ADD PRINTER

1.) Select Add Printer to start the Add Printer (Installation) Wizard.

Figure 3-28 Add Printer Wizard

2.) Follow the instructions in the Wizard to install a new printer.

3-6-4-7 Monitor Selection


Some characteristics are different for the different LCD monitors.

Figure 3-29 Select Monitor model

MONITOR

Select the Monitor model in the Monitor pull-down menu.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 43


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-6-4-8 DVR (Option) Setup

NOTE: Installation instructions for the Digital Video Recorder (DVR) option is included in the DVR
Installation manual, Direction Number GA294614.

Selecting Offline mode

Follow these steps to select Offline mode for the DVR:

1.) Install media in the DVR Recorder.


2.) Go into Config (F2) > Service.
3.) Select Offline.
4.) Reboot the VIVID E9/VIVID E7.

3 - 44 Section 3-6 - Configuration


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-6-5 Optional Peripherals/Peripheral Connection

3-6-5-1 Contents in this sub-section


3-6-5-1 Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
3-6-5-2 Approved Internal Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
3-6-5-3 External Peripherals (Optional) for Connection to USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
3-6-5-4 External Peripherals (Optional) for Connection to Ethernet (TCP/IP Network) . . . . . . . 3-46
3-6-5-5 Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46

3-6-5-2 Approved Internal Peripherals


This list covers the internal peripherals available for VIVID E9/VIVID E7:

Printer, Monochrome (Black & White), Digital


- SONY UP-D897
- MITSUBISHI Digital Monochrome Printer P95DE
Digital Video Recorder (DVR)

3-6-5-3 External Peripherals (Optional) for Connection to USB


One of the external units listed below, may be connected to the USB port on the rear of the VIVID E9/
VIVID E7:

Footswitch
Configuration of the footswitch is done on the Config > Imaging > Application screen.

For more information, refer to the VIVID E9 or VIVID E7 user manual.

External Data Storage:


- USB Flash Card
- Desktop hard drive (2TB with RAID1)
COLOR Printers:
- SONY UPD-25MD
- SONY UPD-23MD
- MITSUBISHI Digital Color Printer CP30DW

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 45


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-6-5-4 External Peripherals (Optional) for Connection to Ethernet (TCP/IP Network)


When installing a new external printer, connected via Ethernet (TCP/IP Network), please refer to the
respective Installation manuals in the table below.

Table 3-19 Installation manuals / instructions

MANUAL
POS PRINTER MODEL DIRECTION NUMBER COMMENTS

1 HP OfficeJet Pro 8000 GA294652

2 HP OfficeJet PRO K5400dn GA294652 Printer is obsolete from factory.

3 HP OfficeJet PRO K550 GA294652 Printer is obsolete from factory.

4 HP Color LaserJet 3600n GA294652 Printer is obsolete from factory.

5 HP Laser Jet Pro 400 color M451 GA294652

6 HP Color LaserJet CP2025n GA294652 Printer is obsolete from factory

7 HP Inkjet 1200DTN GA294652 Use FC194654 as a reference

Printer is obsolete from factory.


8 HP Inkjet 1100DTN GA294652
Use EP194599 as a reference

Printer is obsolete from factory.


9 HP Deskjet 6127 GA294652
Use EP194516 as a reference
Printer is obsolete from factory.
10 HP Deskjet 990 Cxi GA294652
Use EP194422 as a reference

11 LEXMARK C762N FC194475

12 LEXMARK C752N FC194475 Printer is obsolete from factory.

13 LEXMARK C750N FC194252 Printer is obsolete from factory.

14 EPSON 980N EP091298 (see: chapter 3) Printer is obsolete from factory.

3-6-5-5 Additional Information


See Section 9-16 "Peripherals for VIVID E9/VIVID E7" on page 9-88 for replacement units.

3-6-6 Available Probes


See Section 9-22 "Probes for VIVID E9/VIVID E7" on page 9-122.

3 - 46 Section 3-6 - Configuration


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-6-7 Software Options Configuration

3-6-7-1 Contents in this sub-section


3-6-7-1 Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
3-6-7-2 Software Option installation introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
3-6-7-3 Installing a Software Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
3-6-7-4 Remote Check and Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48

3-6-7-2 Software Option installation introduction


A Password (Software Option String) enables a software option or a combination of software options.
This password is specific for each VIVID E9/VIVID E7.

For a list of available options, see: Section 9-24 "Options - VIVID E9/VIVID E7" on page 9-126.

3-6-7-3 Installing a Software Option


1.) Press Config (F2) and log on as adm, see 4-2-7 "Logging on to VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as ADM" on
page 4-15.
2.) Select Admin (lower part of window),
3.) Select the System Admin tab.

Figure 3-30 System Admin screen

SYSTEM ADMIN TAB

NEW

ADMIN

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 47


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-6-7-3 Installing a Software Option (contd)


4.) Select New to open the New Key dialog where you type the Software Option Key (Alphanumeric
String).

Figure 3-31 Type Software Option Key (Alphanumeric string)

Field for Software Option Key (Alphanumeric String)

CAUTION INCORRECT PASSWORD ENTRY WILL RESULT IN LOSS OF SYSTEM OPTIONS.


IF PASSWORD IS INCORRECT, PLEASE CONTACT YOUR LOCAL GE SERVICE
REPRESENTATIVE OR THE ONLINE CENTER.

5.) Type the Password (Software Option Key (Alphanumeric string)).


6.) Press Save to save the new setting.
7.) Restart to save and activate the settings and adjustments you have done so far.

3-6-7-4 Remote Check and Configuration


Contact the OnLine Center for InSite Checkout.

3 - 48 Section 3-6 - Configuration


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3-7
Connectivity overview
NOTE: If you are new or unfamiliar to connectivity on VIVID E9/VIVID E7, you should read Section 5-
5 "Connectivity" on page 5-7 before you continue with the next descriptions and procedures.

3-7-1 Physical connection

3-7-1-1 Stand-alone VIVID E9/VIVID E7


No network connection needed.

3-7-1-2 Sneaker Net environment


No network connection needed.
Use removable media to move data from the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 to another unit.

3-7-1-3 Connection from VIVID E9/VIVID E7 to an EchoPAC PC Workstation


Direct Cable Connection from VIVID E9/VIVID E7 to an EchoPAC PC Workstation via a Crossover
Cable
You will only need a Crossover Cable for network use to connect the two units this way.

a.) Connect one end of the crossed network cable to the network connector on the VIVID E9/
VIVID E7.
b.) Connect the other end to the network connector to the EchoPAC PC Workstation, see chapter
3 in the EchoPAC PC Workstation Service Manual.
Connection via a Peer-to-Peer Network
You will need a network hub and one network cable for each unit connected to the hub.

Connection via Hospital Network


You will need one network cable to connect the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 to a wall outlet on the hospitals
network.

3-7-1-4 Connection from VIVID E9/VIVID E7 to a DICOM Server on a Network


You will need one network cable.

1.) Connect one end of the cable to the Ethernet connector on VIVID E9/VIVID E7.
2.) Connect the other end of the cable to the wall outlet.
If a Peer-to-Peer Network is connected to the hospitals network, you may connect the VIVID E9/
VIVID E7 to the Peer-to-Peer Network.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 49


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3-8
Connectivity setup
NOTE: If connected to a stand-alone network (Peer-to-Peer network with a VIVID E9/VIVID E7
scanner, an EchoPAC PC workstation and an optional network printer), you should use default
delivery settings.

3-8-1 Introduction
To be able to use the network functions when connected to a hospital network, the scanner must have
a proper network address.

Before you can set up the scanner, you need to collect some information.
The "Worksheet for DICOM Network Information" on page 2-14 can be used for gathering this
information.
Typical source for this information is the network administrator.

3-8-2 Contents in this Section


3-8-3 "Compatibility" on page 3-50
3-8-4 "Select TCP/IP Screen" on page 3-51
3-8-5 "Changing the AE Title and/or Port Number (Port No.)" on page 3-52
3-8-6 "DHCP setup" on page 3-53
3-8-7 "Set the Remote Archives Network Information" on page 3-56
3-8-8 "Save the New Settings" on page 3-57
3-8-9 "Setup connection to a DICOM server" on page 3-58
3-8-10 "Export configuration" on page 3-76
3-8-11 "Create a new dataflow" on page 3-82
3-8-12 "Query/Retrieve (Q/R) Setup" on page 3-88
3-8-13 "Mapping of parameters from VIVID E9/VIVID E7 to DICOM" on page 3-95
3-8-14 "Dual Export to DICOM servers" on page 3-99

3-8-3 Compatibility
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 can communicate with:

EchoPAC PC
Image Vault
- For networks with Image Vault 5 server running on Windows Server 2003 or Windows Server
2008:
- If not already done, install the Vivid Raw Data Module (RDCM), software version v113, on
the Image Vault server.
For instructions, see: Vivid Raw Data Module (RDCM) Installation Manual, Direction
Number IV294001.
Other units via DICOM

NOTE: Vivid E9 cant read files directly from EchoPAC MAC or from MAC formatted MO disks. Please
use an EchoPAC PC workstation with an MO drive and with MacDrive 5 or MacDrive 6 installed.
EchoPAC PC can also open EchoPAC MAC examinations stored on a server.

3 - 50 Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-4 Select TCP/IP Screen


1.) Press Config (F2) and log on as adm, see 4-2-7 "Logging on to VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as ADM" on
page 4-15.
2.) If not already selected, select Connectivity from the bottom row of buttons on the screen.
3.) Select the TCP/IP TAB (it is named Tcpip). The resulting screen gives you an overview of many of
the network settings for VIVID E9/VIVID E7.
.

Figure 3-32 TCP/IP Overview screen for VIVID E9/VIVID E7


DETAILED DICOM LOG:
SELECT TO TURN DETAILED DICOM LOG ON.
(IT WILL BE TURNED OFF AFTER A RESTART)

COMPUTER NAME / AE TITLE:


FOR VIVID E9/VIVID E7, THIS NAME IS ON
THE FORM: VIVIDX-00NNNN, WHERE
00NNNN IS A NUMBER (NNNN IS THE
SCANNERS SERIAL NUMBER).
PORT NO:
DEFAULT PORT NUMBER: 104

REMOTE ARCHIVE SETUP AREA:


IP SETTINGS AREA FOR A REMOTE
ARCHIVE.
EXAMPLE: ECHOPAC PC (ECHOPAC7).
DEFAULT SETUP:
REMOTE ARCHIVE IP-ADDR: 10.0.0.4
REMOTE ARCHIVE NAME (THE NAME OF
THE PC OR SERVER WITH THE REMOTE
ARCHIVE): ECHOPAC7-000001
NETWORK SETTINGS:
USE NETWORK SETTINGS IF YOU NEED
TO CHANGE VIVID E9/VIVID E7s IP SAVE SETTINGS
SETTINGS OR TURN DHCP ON OR OFF. SELECT SAVE SETTINGS TO
ARCHIVE ANY CHANGES YOU HAVE
DONE TO THE TCP/IP SETTINGS

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 51


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-5 Changing the AE Title and/or Port Number (Port No.)

Figure 3-33 AE Title and Port No.

1.) To change AE Title and/or Port No., edit the respective fields.
2.) Select Save settings to store your changes. This will bring up a new Warning screen.

Figure 3-34 Warning

3.) Select Ok to save your changes or Cancel to return without saving any changes.
4.) Reboot VIVID E9/VIVID E7 to activate the settings or continue with other Tcpip set-up tasks.

3 - 52 Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-6 DHCP setup


Follow the instructions below to configure the VIVID E9/VIVID E7s use of DHCP.
.

Figure 3-35 Advanced Settings

NETWORK SETTINGS

1.) When in the TCP/IP screen, select Network Settings to display the Network Connections screen,
see Figure 3-36 "Network Connections" on page 3-53.

Figure 3-36 Network Connections

2.) Right-click Local Area Connection and select Properties from the pop-up menu to go to the Local
Area Connection Properties screen (see next page).

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 53


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-6 DHCP setup (contd)

Figure 3-37 Local Area Connection Status

3.) Select Properties to display the Local Area Connection Properties

Figure 3-38 Local Area Connection Properties

4.) Select Internet Protocol (TCP/IP), then select Properties.

3 - 54 Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-6 DHCP setup (contd)

Figure 3-39 Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties

To turn DHCP on:

Select: Obtain an IP address automatically.

To turn DHCP off:

1.) Select: Use the following IP address:


2.) Enter the:
- IP address
- Subnet mask
- Default gateway

To save your new settings and close the open windows:

1.) Select OK to save the setting and close the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog.
2.) Select OK to close (and save) the Local Area Connection Properties dialog.
3.) Select Close to close the Local Area Connection Status dialog.
4.) Select the x in the upper right corner to close the Network Connections window.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 55


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-7 Set the Remote Archives Network Information


To be able to connect to a remote archive, on a remote computer or server, you must configure
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 to communicate with it.

In the Remote Archive Setup area of the Tcpip screen (see example in Figure 3-40), enter the;

1.) Remote Archive IP address. (Default IP Address from factory: 10.0.0.4).


2.) Remote Archive Name. (Default Remote Archive Name from factory: ECHOPAC7-000001).
.

Figure 3-40 TCP/IP Set-up for VIVID E9/VIVID E7

IP ADDRESS FOR THE


REMOTE ARCHIVE
COMPUTER NAME FOR
THE REMOTE ARCHIVE

3 - 56 Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-8 Save the New Settings


1.) Press Save Settings to save the new settings.
.

Figure 3-41 Save New TCP/IP settings

SAVE SETTINGS

A Warning is displayed on the screen, see illustration below.

Figure 3-42 Warning

2.) Select OK to save the new settings. (By selecting Cancel, the previous settings will be kept.)
3.) The new settings are saved to a common settings file. After a restart, the settings are also included
in other screens.
4.) Restart VIVID E9/VIVID E7 to activate the changes.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 57


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-9 Setup connection to a DICOM server

3-8-9-1 Contents in this sub-section


3-8-9-1 Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
3-8-9-2 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
3-8-9-3 DICOM server IP address setup on the VIVID E9/VIVID E7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
3-8-9-4 Verify the Network Connection to a Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
3-8-9-5 Verify the Connection to a Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
3-8-9-6 DICOM Storage setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
3-8-9-7 DICOM Storage IP-address adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
3-8-9-8 DICOM SR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-74

3-8-9-2 Overview
In this case the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 is configured to work with DICOM servers in a network environment.
Images are first saved on the local image buffer on the scanner. At the end of the examination the
images are sent to the DICOM server via a DICOM spooler and to the local database, depending on
dataflows.

This scenario requires that the scanner is configured to be connected to DICOM servers as described
below.

To connect to the DICOM server, the following information has to be entered in the scanner:

The DICOM server IP address.


The DICOM server port number.
The DICOM server AE title (the server applications name).

3 - 58 Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-9-3 DICOM server IP address setup on the VIVID E9/VIVID E7


1.) Press Config (F2) and log on as adm, see 4-2-7 "Logging on to VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as ADM" on
page 4-15.
2.) Select Connectivity (in the lower part of the window).
3.) Select the Dataflow tab.

Figure 3-43 Dataflow

NAME FIELD

4.) Select the arrow to the right for the Name field to list all dataflows in a pull-down menu.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 59


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-9-3 DICOM server IP address setup on the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 (contd)

Figure 3-44 Select Dataflow

ARROW

SELECT DATAFLOW
FROM DATAFLOW NAME
PULL-DOWN MENU.

5.) Select the dataflow you want to configure from the Dataflow Name pull-down list, see Figure 3-44.
In Figure 3-46, the selected flow, Worklist/Local Archive - DICOM Server/Int. HD, is shown. Setup of
other dataflows are similar to this example.

3 - 60 Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-9-3 DICOM server IP address setup on the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 (contd)

Figure 3-45 Worklist

DIRECT STORE
HIDDEN

WORKLIST

PROPERTIES

If Direct Store is enabled, the image will go to the DICOM server immediately after it is acquired.
You will need to verify that the DICOM server is capable of keeping the connection open for the time it
takes to complete an examination.

If Hidden is enabled, the dataflow will be invisible in the Search/Create Patient screen.
Uncheck Hidden to display the dataflow in the Search/Create Patient screen.

6.) Select Worklist. (The Worklist entry must be highlighted.)


7.) Select Properties to display the Properties dialog.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 61


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-9-3 DICOM server IP address setup on the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 (contd)

Figure 3-46 Worklist/Local Archive - DICOM Server/Int. HD flow

IP-ADDRESS DOWN-ARROW

8.) Select the IP-Address down-arrow to choose the Worklist Server from the pull-down menu.

NOTE: It is not possible to change the setting in the IP-Address field by editing it. See description
below, starting with step 9, to change the setting.

Figure 3-47 DICOM Servers Properties dialog

DO NOT SELECT THE


SEARCH CRITERIAS
BUTTON IF NOT TOLD SO
BY THE ONLINE CENTER.

3 - 62 Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-9-3 DICOM server IP address setup on the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 (contd)


9.) Follow the steps below to change the IP-Address settings:
a.) From the Ip-Address pull-down menu, select <Modify> to display the IPs dialog.

Figure 3-48 Select <Modify>

b.) Select the server you want to modify from the IPs dialog and then select Modify.

Figure 3-49 Select the server to modify

SELECT SERVER

MODIFY

c.) Edit the Name and/or the IP address of the server, see Figure 3-50 "Edit Name and/or IP
address" on page 3-64.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 63


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-9-3 DICOM server IP address setup on the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 (contd)

Figure 3-50 Edit Name and/or IP address

Name

IP address

d.) Select OK to save the new settings and close the dialog.
e.) Select OK to close the IPs dialog to return to the Worklist Properties dialog.

Figure 3-51 DICOM Servers Properties dialog

AE TITLE
PORT NO

DO NOT SELECT THE


SEARCH CRITERIAS
BUTTON IF NOT TOLD SO
BY THE ONLINE CENTER.

f.) Enter the DICOM server AE Title. This entry is case sensitive and must match exactly.
g.) Enter the DICOM server Port.No (Port Number)
h.) For some DICOM Servers, the default Time-out setting (30) is too low. See Section 6-11
"Adjust time-out for DICOM servers" on page 6-22 for more info.
i.) Select OK to close the Worklist properties dialog and save changes.

3 - 64 Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-9-4 Verify the Network Connection to a Device


Follow the Steps Below to do a First Test (TCP-IP Ping) of the Connection:

1.) Highlight the device to be verified.


2.) Select Properties.
3.) Select the Smiley button to Ping the server.

NOTE: By selecting the Smiley button, a ping is sent to the remote server to see if it is accessible via
the network. It is not a DICOM Echo (DICOM ping), so it does not check AE title or port number.

4.) If the network connection to the server is OK, it will be illustrated by a smiling Smiley .
A sad Smiley indicates that the network connection is failing.
Typical causes:

- Network cable not connected.


- Configuration error(s).

3-8-9-5 Verify the Connection to a Device


1.) Select (highlight) the device you want to verify the connection to.

NOTE: You can only check one device at a time.

Figure 3-52 Verify connection to a device

SELECT DEVICE
TO BE
VERIFIED.

CHECK

2.) Select Check to start the verification process of the connection to the device.
The verification process may use some amount of time (several seconds).
When done, a Warning may be displayed on screen for some seconds. When the Warning has
closed, a sign is displayed in front of the device, indicating if the test passed (green check-mark) or
failed (red X).

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 65


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-9-5 Verify the Connection to a Device (contd)

NOTE: If the Check button fails directly, the AE Title is probably wrong.
If the Check button fails after a long time (corresponding to the time-out), the IP address or Port
Number is probably wrong.

In the illustration below, the message indicates that the pinging of the server worked fine (line 1),
but the application on the server didnt respond (line 2).

Figure 3-53 Warning - Check status

Figure 3-54 Verification result

A GREEN CHECK-
MARK INDICATES
THAT THE TEST
PASSED.
A RED CROSS, AS
ILLUSTRATED,
INDICATES THAT
THE CONNECTION
FAILED.

3 - 66 Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-9-6 DICOM Storage setup


1.) Select Dicom storage.

Figure 3-55 Select Dicom storage

PROPERTIES

DICOM STORAGE

2.) Select Properties to display the DICOM Storage properties screen.

Figure 3-56 DICOM Storage Properties

IP-ADDRESS

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 67


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-9-7 DICOM Storage IP-address adjustment


1.) Select the down-arrow at the IP-Address pull-down menu to select the DICOM Storage server.
2.) Select <Modify> from the pull-down menu if you need to modify the servers parameters or add a
new server. This will bring up the IPs dialog.

Figure 3-57 IP Adjustments

If no changes are needed, continue with step 7.

3.) To modify any of the settings, select the server you want to modify, and then select Modify. This
will bring up the Enter name and Ip dialog.

Figure 3-58 The IPs dialog

4.) In the Enter name and Ip dialog you can modify the servers name and IP-address.
- Select OK to save the new settings and close the dialog.
- Select Cancel to close the dialog without saving the changes.
5.) If you want to add a new server, select Add in the IPs dialog.
a.) Type the servers name and IP-address in the Enter name and Ip dialog.
b.) Select OK to save the new settings and close the dialog. Cancel will close the dialog without
saving the changes.
3 - 68 Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-9-7 DICOM Storage IP-address adjustment (contd)


6.) Follow these steps if you want to delete any of the servers from the list:
a.) Select the server you want to delete, and then select Delete. This will bring up a warning where
you are asked if you want to delete the server from the list.
b.) Select OK to confirm or Cancel if you dont want to delete the server from the list.
7.) Next, verify the other settings and parameters as described below.

Figure 3-59 DICOM Storage Properties

IP-ADDRESS

Name
Raw data Storage - Name of service.

AE Title
DICOMSTORAGESCP - The DICOM servers AE Title.

Port No
Verify / set the DICOM servers Port Number.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 69


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-9-7 DICOM Storage IP-address adjustment (contd)


Image Settings
- Allow Raw Data - default OFF (unchecked)
- Raw Compr. - default OFF (unchecked)
- Allow Multiframe - default ON (checked)
- Only Black and White - default OFF (unchecked)
- Max Framerate - The pull-down menu gives you these choices;
- 25 - 25 pictures per second
- 30 - 30 pictures per second
- Full - the scanning frame rate
- Compression

CAUTION Setting compression to None may lead to very long transfer time and loops larger than 500s
frames will be truncated. In case this happen, a warning is displayed on the screen.

The pull-down menu gives you these choices;

- Jpeg - JPEG/JPG compression (Default). JPEG is not lossless.


- None - (un-compressed data with huge files)

NOTE: If you are using compression None, it is strongly advised to reduce Frame Rate to 25 or 30 to
avoid truncating loops

- Rle - Run Length Encoding. This is lossless compression.


- Quality % - Set the wanted quality %. Default value is 95%.
- If files are stored with a quality lower than 95% they will occupy less space, but loose
some quality.

NOTE: Setting the quality % too low may add so much artifacts to the images that they cannot be used
for diagnosis.

- If files are stored with a quality above 95% the files will grow much bigger without almost
no quality change.
Smiley
Select the Smiley button to ping the server. If the network connection is OK, the Smiley will smile,
if the connection fail, the Smiley will turn sad.

NOTE:By selecting the Smiley button, a ping is sent to the remote server to see if it is accessible via the
network. It is not a DICOM Echo (DICOM ping), so it does not check AE title or port number.

Reopen per Image


If Reopen per image is enabled, VIVID E9/VIVID E7 will create a new connection (association) for
each image. This may be useful for DICOM servers that do not accept different image types in the
same association.

3 - 70 Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-9-7 DICOM Storage IP-address adjustment (contd)


Storage Commitment
If you want to enable Storage Commitment, check the check-box and click on the button Storage
Commitment.

In the dialog, enter IP address, Name, AE Title and Port Number.

Figure 3-60 Storage Commitment properties

MPPS
If you want to enable MPPS, check the check-box and click on the button MPPS. In the dialog,
enter IP address, Name, AE Title and Port Number.

Figure 3-61 MPPS

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 71


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-9-7 DICOM Storage IP-address adjustment (contd)

Figure 3-62 DICOM Storage Properties

DICOM SR
If SR is enabled, all M&A that is supported by DICOM is sent to the DICOM server (in a separate
job).

Allow SR Private Data


By default, this function is disabled.

Allow SR Private Data is intended for receivers that can handle Private Data, like the CA-1000.

Signed Doppler Velocities. The default setting is: Disabled. It means that signs for Doppler
Velocities are removed in the DICOM SR.

Figure 3-63 Dicom SR Settings

Retry
- Max # - The number of times the software will try to connect if the connection doesnt succeed
the first time(s).
- Interval - The interval in seconds between each attempt to connect.
3 - 72 Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-9-7 DICOM Storage IP-address adjustment (contd)


Timeout
Adjust Time-out setting.

The retry settings can be used to make jobs retry on bad networks. There is no need to set retries
for mobile (off-line) use.

OK/Cancel
- Select OK to save all changes. The changes will take place after the scanner has been
restarted.
- Select Cancel to return without saving any changes.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 73


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-9-8 DICOM SR
DICOM Structured Reporting (SR) is a standardized format for medical results. Vivid E9 supports the
specialized form for Adult Echo Ultrasound (TID 5200 Echocardiography Procedure Report) and
Vascular Ultrasound (TID 5100 Vascular Ultrasound Procedure Report) for M&A results.

With the DICOM SR support, M&A for an exam can be sent at the end of the exam or when exported
from local archive. The destination can be either a server on the network (Storage SCP) or a removable
media (DICOM Media) depending on the DICOM dataflow selected.

TID5200 Echocardiography Procedure Report is sent if the exam contains M&A from category Cardiac
or Pediatric (Heart). TID5100 Vascular Ultrasound Procedure Report is sent if the exam contains M&A
from category Vascular or Abdominal. If the exam contains M&A from both Cardiac/Pediatric (Heart)
and Vascular/Abdominal categories, two SR documents are sent.

TID5200 Echocardiography Procedure Report and TID5100 Vascular Ultrasound Procedure Report
do not support all M&A results from Vivid E9. They are limited to the following:

No unassigned measurement.
Refer to the Vivid E9 Reference manual for a complete list of supported parameters.
The following modes: 2D, M-mode, Color Flow, PW Doppler, CW Doppler, 3D and TDI.
Not Modified Simpson or Bullet methods.
Refer to the Vivid E9 Reference manual for a complete list of supported methods.
Basic derivations (Average, Last, Min and Max), no references between the derived measurements
and the ones they were made from.
Wall Motion Scoring: individual segment scores only according to 16-segment model, no graded
Hypokinesis (only Hypokinesis is used).
DICOM SR must be activated for each DICOM device.

1.) Press Utility/Config on the Touch panel and log on as administrator.


2.) Select the Connectivity category and Dataflow subgroup.
The Dataflow sheet is displayed.

3.) Select the DICOM dataflow to configure in the Name pull-down menu.

3 - 74 Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-9-8 DICOM SR (contd)


4.) Select a DICOM storage device in the Selected devices pane and press Properties.
The Properties window for the selected DICOM storage device is displayed.

Figure 3-64 DICOM storage properties window

5.) Check the option Allow SR to enable DICOM SR.


The following additional options are available:

- Allow SR private data: send the current exam data in a private format. This option is by
default unchecked and should only be used with DICOM storage devices that can handle
private data format.
- Signed Doppler velocities: send signed Doppler velocities.
These settings apply to both TID5200 Echocardiography Procedure Report and TID5100
Vascular Ultrasound Procedure Report

6. Select OK.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 75


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-10 Export configuration


The destination for Export of patient records to Excel and MPEG must be configured prior to use. This
is done from the Dataflow screen.

3-8-10-1 Contents in this sub-section


3-8-10-1 Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76
3-8-10-2 Setup on the Remote Share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76
3-8-10-3 Configurable Remote Path User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77
3-8-10-4 Display the Dataflow screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-78
3-8-10-5 Export to Excel - configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-79
3-8-10-6 Export to MPEGVue configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-80
3-8-10-7 eVue setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-81

3-8-10-2 Setup on the Remote Share


Required setup on the remote share:

1.) Add user/password


2.) Set Share permissions
3.) Set Security permissions

NOTE: The User on the remote share must have all rights/controls for the shared folder.

The following default network user is predefined on VIVID E9/VIVID E7:


- User: E1c2h3o4C5l6i7e8n9t
- Password: u1l3t5r7a
It is possible to set a secondary user if required by the remote share.
For instructions, see: 3-8-10-3 "Configurable Remote Path User" on page 3-77.

NOTE: The default User / Password is always used as primary log in credential. No attempt is made to
use the secondary if log in succeeds using the primary.

3 - 76 Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-10-3 Configurable Remote Path User

NOTE: The default User / Password is always used as primary log in credential. No attempt is made to
use the secondary user if log in succeeds using the primary.

NOTE: The configurable user and password is used for all remote paths configurable throughout the
system as secondary log in credential.

NOTE: The User on the remote share must have all rights/controls for the shared folder.

Follow these steps to set up a Secondary Remote Path User:

1.) Select Config/F2 to log on as ADM. (Default password: ulsadm).


For a detailed description, see: 4-2-7 "Logging on to VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as ADM" on page 4-15.
2.) Select Connectivity > Tools.

Figure 3-65 Secondary Remote Path User

3.) Enter the User and Password in the respective fields.

NOTE: The field User can either be on the form username, or domain\username.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 77


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-10-4 Display the Dataflow screen


Follow these steps to Display the Dataflow Screen:

1.) Press CONFIG (F2) and log on as ADM (administrator)


2.) Select Connectivity > Dataflow.
The Dataflow sheet is displayed, see Figure 3-66 "The Dataflow sheet" on page 3-78.

3.) Select the dataflow Misc. Export in the Name pull-down menu.

Figure 3-66 The Dataflow sheet

NAME PULLDOWN
MENU

3 - 78 Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-10-5 Export to Excel - configuration


1.) Select the Excel storage device in the Selected devices pane and press Properties.
The Excel properties window is displayed.

Figure 3-67 The Excel properties window

EXCEL STORAGE

PROPERTIES

2.) Select a removable media or a network volume remote path as the destination in the Destination
pull-down menu.

NOTE: Remote paths for network volumes must be entered once in the Remote path field before they
can be selected from the Destination Pull-down menu.

3.) Select OK.


4.) Press CONFIG (F2) if you want to quit Config.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 79


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-10-6 Export to MPEGVue configuration


1.) Select the MPEGVue device in the Selected devices pane and press Properties.
The MPEGVue properties window is displayed.

Figure 3-68 The MPEGVue properties window

2.) Select a removable media or a network volume remote path as the destination in the Destination
Pull-down menu.

NOTE: Remote paths of network volumes must be entered once in the Remote path field before they
can be selected from the Destination Pull-down menu.

3.) Check the options as required.


4.) Select OK.
5.) Press CONFIG (F2) if you want to exit Configuration.

3 - 80 Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-10-7 eVue setup


1.) Select CONFIG (F2) and log on as ADM (administrator).
2.) Select the Connectivity category and Dataflow subgroup. The Dataflow sheet is displayed.
3.) Select the dataflow Local Archive - Int. HD/eVue in the Name pull-down menu.

Figure 3-69 The eVue dataflow

4.) Select the eVue device in the Selected devices pane and press Properties. The eVue properties
window is displayed.

Figure 3-70 The eVue Properties

5.) Select a network volume remote path as the destination in the Destination pull-down menu.

NOTE: Remote paths of network volumes must be entered once in the Remote path field before they
can be selected from the Destination Pull-down menu.

6.) Check the options as required.


7.) Select OK and press CONFIG (F2).

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 81


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-11 Create a new dataflow

3-8-11-1 Overview
It is possible to make new dataflows by combining the predefined settings.

Prior to software version v112.1.3, this configuration was available to GE Service only.
Starting from software v112.1.3, users logged on with the ADM rights have access to this
configuration.
The table below describes the legal combination of inputs and outputs in a dataflow.

Table 3-20 Allowed combinations of inputs and outputs in a dataflow

OUTPUT
Remote
INPUT Database + Database +
Remote DICOM DICOM DICOM
No Output Database Database Storage Storage Storage

Database X X

Remote Database X X

DICOM Worklist X

DICOM CD Read X

DICOM USB device Read X

Query/Retrieve X

Worklist/database X X

Worklist/rem database X X

No input device X

3 - 82 Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-11-2 Prerequisite
Software v112.1.3 and later: None.
Continue with: 3-8-11-3 "Preparations - Log on as ADM (software v112.1.3 and later)" on page 3-83.
Prior to software v112.1.3: A GE Service Dongle (+password) is needed to make new dataflows.
Continue with: 3-8-11-4 "Preparations - Log on with a Service Dongle" on page 3-83.

3-8-11-3 Preparations - Log on as ADM (software v112.1.3 and later)


1.) Select Config (F2).
2.) Log on as ADM. (Default password: ulsadm).
For a detailed description, see: 4-2-7 "Logging on to VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as ADM" on page 4-15.
3.) Select Connectivity > Dataflow to display the Dataflow screen (see Figure 3-71.)
4.) Continue with 3-8-11-5 "To create a new dataflow" on page 3-84.

3-8-11-4 Preparations - Log on with a Service Dongle


1.) Power down the VIVID E9/VIVID E7.
2.) Install the GE Service Dongle in one of the USB ports.
3.) Start VIVID E9/VIVID E7.
4.) Log on with the GE Service password.
5.) Select Config (F2).
6.) Select Connectivity > Dataflow to display the Dataflow screen. Since the GE Service Dongle is
used, the extra buttons are displayed.

Figure 3-71 Dataflow screen with extra buttons

RENAME

ADD

REMOVE

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 83


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-11-5 To create a new dataflow


1.) Select Add to start the creation of a new dataflow. This will bring up the Enter new name dialog.

Figure 3-72 Enter new name dialog

2.) Enter the name for the new dataflow.


Example: DR PACS Worklist

Figure 3-73 Enter the name of the new dataflow

3.) Select Ok.

3 - 84 Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-11-5 To create a new dataflow (contd)


The new dataflow is ready for set-up.

Figure 3-74 New dataflow is ready for set-up

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 85


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-11-6 Create new dataflow with Worklist, Database and DICOM Storage
To create a new dataflow with Worklist, Database and DICOM Storage, do the following in exactly these
steps:

NOTICE Failure to add destinations to the dataflow in the correct order may or will cause intermittent errors.

1.) Add the Worklist Input, highlight it, select properties, and name it (i.e.: DR PACS Worklist or just
Worklist).
Go to the IP Address field, scroll down and select <Modify>. This will allow you to edit or add IP
Addresses (New Destinations/devices). If the correct IP Address is already in the list, just select it.

2.) Add the Database Input/Output, highlight it, select properties, and name it (i.e.: Local Archive - Int
HD).
Go to the IP Address field and (if the Database is to be the Local Archive) verify that My Computer
is selected.

The IP Address should then be correct and the Database Name and Archive File Location entries
should auto-populate correctly.

3.) Add the DICOM Storage Output, highlight it, select properties, and name it (i.e.: DR PACS Store).
Go to the IP Address field, scroll down and select <Modify>. This will allow you to edit or add IP
Addresses (New Destinations/devices).

If the correct IP Address is already in the list, just select it.

If you create the Dataflow in any other order or remove and add an entry later, you may or will receive
you are not connected to the Database errors when trying to create a patient locally. The Worklist will
work, however they can NOT save patients created on the Vivid 7 to the Archive while using that
dataflow.

You can change the information on each entry in a Dataflow as long as you do NOT remove or add to
the Dataflow out of sequence.

You should also set Direct Search to All patients for the new dataflow.

3 - 86 Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-11-7 Create new dataflow with Worklist and DICOM Storage


This dataflow is intended for VIVID E9/VIVID E7 scanners in a DICOM network, where the data should
not be stored locally on the scanner.

To create a new dataflow with Worklist and DICOM Storage, do the following steps:
1.) Add a new dataflow in Config screen, Connectivity, Dataflow tab. Enter a name, e.g. Worklist -
DICOM Storage.
2.) Select OK.
3.) Add the Worklist input. Configure (at least) IP address, AE title and Port Number.
4.) Select OK.
5.) Add the Dicom Storage output.
Configure (at least) IP address, AE title and Port Number. If the site has integrated EchoPAC PC
and CA-1000, enable Allow SR and Allow SR Private Data. Signed Doppler Velocities is
disabled by default. This means that signs for Doppler Velocities are removed in the DICOM SR.
See screen dump

Figure 3-75 Dicom SR Settings

6.) Select OK.


7.) If this dataflow should be the default at start-up, enable Default for the dataflow.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 87


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-12 Query/Retrieve (Q/R) Setup

3-8-12-1 Contents in this sub-section


3-8-12-1 Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88
3-8-12-2 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88
3-8-12-3 Query/Retrieve Setup on the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88
3-8-12-4 Query/Retrieve Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-92

3-8-12-2 Overview
The Query/Retrieve function makes it possible to search for and retrieve DICOM data from a DICOM
server for further analysis on the VIVID E9/VIVID E7.

NOTE: You may have to set up VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as a destination on the server.

3-8-12-3 Query/Retrieve Setup on the VIVID E9/VIVID E7


1.) Press Config (F2) and log on as adm, see 4-2-7 "Logging on to VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as ADM" on
page 4-15.
2.) Select Connectivity > Dataflow
3.) Select Query Retrieve from the Name pull down menu

Figure 3-76 Select Query Retrieve

NAME PULLDOWN
MENU

QUERY RETRIEVE

3 - 88 Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-12-3 Query/Retrieve Setup on the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 (contd)


In Figure 3-77, the selected dataflow, Query/Retrieve, is shown.

Figure 3-77 Query/Retrieve workflow

4.) Select QueryRetrieve so it is highlighted and then select Properties to display the Properties dialog.

Figure 3-78 Select Query/Retrieves Properties

QUERY RETRIEVE
PROPERTIES DIALOG

SELECT
QUERY RETRIEVE
AND THEN SELECT
PROPERTIES

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 89


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-12-3 Query/Retrieve Setup on the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 (contd)

Figure 3-79 DICOM Query/Retrieve properties

IP-ADDRESS
DOWN-ARROW

AE TITLE
PORT NO

DO NOT SELECT THE


SEARCH CRITERIA
BUTTON IF NOT TOLD
SO BY THE ONLINE
CENTER.

5.) Select the IP-address down-arrow to choose the DICOM Query/Retrieve server from the pull down
menu. In some cases, the server to use is the same as used for DICOM Storage.
If the server to use is missing from the list, select <Modify> from the pull down menu and edit the
setup for one of the predefined servers.

6.) Enter the correct AE Title and Port Number for the DICOM Query/Retrieve server in the respective
fields in the Query/Retrieve screen.

3 - 90 Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-12-3 Query/Retrieve Setup on the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 (contd)

Change Search Criterias


It is possible to set up special Search Criterias for DICOM Query/Retrieve. In most cases you may leave
the Search Criterias as is, and skip this adjustment.

Follow the steps below to change the Search Criterias parameters:

1.) Select Search Criterias

Figure 3-80 Select Search Criterias

SEARCH CRITERIAS

ADD TO LIST
REMOVE

2.) Select the correct tag from the Select Tag pull-down menu.
3.) If needed, type in the value.
4.) Select Add to List
5.) Select OK to close the Search Criterias window.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 91


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-12-4 Query/Retrieve Verification

Figure 3-81 DICOM Query/Retrieve properties


SMILEY
(NETWORK PING)

OK

Follow the steps below to do a first test (TCP-IP Ping) of the connection:

1.) Select Query retrieve and then select Properties.


2.) Select the Smiley button to Ping the server.

NOTE: The smiley checks if the remote server is accessible (ping). It is not a DICOM Echo (DICOM
ping), so it does not check AE title or port number.

3.) If the network connection to the server is OK, it will be illustrated by an smiling Smiley .
A sad Smiley indicates that the network connection is failing.
Typical causes:
- Network cable not connected.
- Configuration error(s).
4.) When ready, select OK to close the DICOM Query/Retrieve properties and save changes.

3 - 92 Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-12-4 Query/Retrieve Verification (contd)


Follow the steps below to test the DICOM Query/Retrieve workflow:

NOTE: This check uses both Ping and DICOM Ping.


- Ping is used to verify the TCP/IP connection to the server.
- DICOM Ping is used to verify that the DICOM application is answering.

Figure 3-82 Check the DICOM Query/Retrieve workflow

QUERYRETRIEVE

CHECK

1.) Select QueryRetrieve from the Selected devices list.


2.) Select Check.
- If the test pass, a pop-up dialog, reporting the results as OK, is displayed, see Figure 3-83.

Figure 3-83 Test (Check) Passed

- Select OK to continue.
A green check mark to the left of the Selected devices indicates that the test was successfully
passed.

Figure 3-84 Test (Check) Passed

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 93


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-12-4 Query/Retrieve Verification (contd)


- If the test fails, a pop-up dialog reporting the results as 0 of 1 OK is displayed. In the example
in Figure 3-85, the warning message pop up almost at once, and it states that for the Server
Check (Ping), 1 of 1 is OK but the Device Check failed (0 of 1 OK). This indicates that the
network connection functions OK, but the application on the remote server is not answering.
If the test fails directly, as described in this example, the AE Title is probably wrong.

Figure 3-85 Test (Check) Fails directly

A red X to the left of the Selected devices indicates that the test failed, but it doesnt indicate the cause.

Figure 3-86 Test (Check) Failed

- If the Check button fails after a long time (corresponding to the timeout), the Warning will look
like the example in Figure 3-87, where both tests failed.

Figure 3-87 Both Tests Failed

In this case, the IP address or Port Number is probably wrong.

3-8-12-5 If Retrieve is failing


If Retrieve is failing, but Query is functioning, verify if the scanner has been registered as a receiver on
the server.

3 - 94 Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-13 Mapping of parameters from VIVID E9/VIVID E7 to DICOM

3-8-13-1 Contents in this sub-section


3-8-13-1 Contents in this sub-section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95
3-8-13-2 Search screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-95
3-8-13-3 Patient Information screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96
3-8-13-4 Examination List screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-97
3-8-13-5 Worklist Search screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-98

3-8-13-2 Search screen

Figure 3-88 Search Screen

1 4
5
2
6

Table 3-21 Search Screen

ITEM VIVID 7 FIELD NAME DICOM TAG NUMBER DICOM TAG NAME

1 LAST NAME, FIRST NAME (0010,0010) PATIENTS NAME

2 SEX (0010,0040) PATIENTS SEX

3 ACCESSION (0008,0050) ACCESSSION NUMBER

4 PATIENT ID (0010,0020) PATIENT ID

5 BIRTHDATE (0010,0030) PATIENTs BIRTHDATE

6 STUDY ID (0020,0010) STUDY ID

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 95


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-13-3 Patient Information screen

Figure 3-89 Patient Information screen

3
5
4
8
6

Table 3-22 Patient Information Screen

ITEM VIVID 7 FIELD NAME DICOM TAG NUMBER DICOM TAG NAME

1 OPERATOR (0008,1070) OPERATORS NAME

2 REF. DOC (0008,0090) REFFERING PHYSICIANS NAME

3 DIAGN.PHYS. (0008,1050) PERFORMING PHYSICIANS NAME

4 WARD/DEPT (0008,1040) INSTITUTIONAL DEPARTMENT NAME

5 DESCRIPTION (0008,1030) STUDY DESCRIPTION

6 WEIGHT (0010,1030) PATIENTS WEIGHT

7 HEIGHT (0010,1020) PATIENTS SIZE

8 CONTRAST (0018,0010) CONTRAST/BOLUS AGENT

3 - 96 Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-13-4 Examination List screen

Figure 3-90 Examination List Screen

Table 3-23 Examination List Screen

ITEM VIVID 7 FIELD NAME DICOM TAG NUMBER DICOM TAG NAME

1 REFERRAL REASON (0010,2180) ADDITIONAL PATIENTS HISTORY

2 DIAGNOSIS (0008,103E) SERIES DESCRIPTION

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 97


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-13-5 Worklist Search screen

Figure 3-91 Worklist Search Screen

4 5

1
2 6
3
7

Table 3-24 Worklist Search Screen

ITEM VIVID 7 FIELD NAME DICOM TAG NUMBER DICOM TAG NAME

1 LAST NAME, FIRST NAME (0010,0010) PATIENTS NAME

2 SEX (0010,0040) PATIENTS SEX

3 ACCESSION (0008,0050) ACCESSION NUMBER

4 BIRTHDATE (0010,0030) PATIENTS BIRTHDATE

5 PATIENT ID (0010,0020) PATIENT ID

6 STUDY ID (0040,1001) REQUESTED PROCEDURE ID

SCEDULED PROCEDURE STEP


7 EXAM BETWEEN (0040,0002)
START DATE

3 - 98 Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-8-14 Dual Export to DICOM servers


NOTE: Use these steps only if you need to send images to two DICOM servers!

1.) Install the Service Dongle and restart the VIVID E9/VIVID E7.
2.) Go to Windows.
3.) From Windows, select Start > Run > echoloader /service
4.) Select the Connectivity tab
5.) ADD the extra DICOM Server Dataflow.

Section 3-9
Disk Management setup
3-9-1 Introduction
The Disk Management function allows the user to manage hard disk space while maintaining the patient
database on the system. The Disk Management function can be used to move, copy or delete images
and move or copy reports from the oldest patient records. The Disk Management function has also an
auto-purge feature that will automatically delete images and reports that have already been copied if the
local hard disk is getting full.

For more information, please see Disk management in the User Manual.

NOTE: The User Manual is available on the Help function on the Touch Screen.

For a list of available User Manuals, see: Section 9-26 "Product Manuals for VIVID E9/VIVID E7" on
page 9-140.

3-9-2 Select Destination Device


Select a removable media, a USB storage, or a network share folder from the Destination Device pull-
down menu.

3-9-3 Using Removable Media


If using removable media, it is recommended to use dedicated media to the Disk Management process.
Dont use Removable Media already used for data backup, when performing Disk Management.

Do not use the same Removable Media on different systems.

NOTE: If using DVDs for Disk Management and/or backup, always use medical grade DVD recordable
discs (DVD-R).

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 99


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-9-4 Set Remote Path for Disk Management


To be able to select a network share folder in the Destination Device pull-down menu, the path must
first be entered in the Remote Path field.
To be able to set up the connection from the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 to the server, the correct User and
Password must be entered both on the server side to allow access, and on the VIVID E9/VIVID E7
to be able to get access to the server.
Follow the steps below to setup the Remote Path:

1.) Select the Disk Management screen.


2.) Enter the path to the remote server in the Remote Path field.
Example: In this example, the server name is: BigStore
In this example, the folder to use, is: ImageArchive
Enter \\BigStore\ImageArchive in the Remote Path field, then press Enter on the keyboard.
The Remote Path will now be available for selection in the Destination Device pull-down menu.

NOTE: The Computer Name for the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 is automatic included at the end of the path.

3.) If not already done, select the Remote Path as the Destination Device.

3-9-5 Setup on the Remote Share


For setup on the Remote Share, see: 3-8-10-2 "Setup on the Remote Share" on page 3-76.

3-9-6 Configure Remote Path User on the VIVID E9/VIVID E7


To configure the Remote Path User on the VIVID E9/VIVID E7, see: 3-8-10-3 "Configurable Remote
Path User" on page 3-77.

3 - 100 Section 3-8 - Connectivity setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3-10
InSite ExC setup
3-10-1 Introduction
InSite (InSite with Express Connect) is the connectivity to the scanner that allows GE to deliver our
remote diagnostics capability.

3-10-2 Network Configuration - InSite ExC

3-10-2-1 Overview
InSite ExC is available for VIVID E9/VIVID E7 systems.

For the latest information, please refer to the respective Support Central site:

EMEA: http://supportcentral.ge.com/products/sup_products.asp?prod_id=49906
US: http://supportcentral.ge.com/products/sup_products.asp?prod_id=49420

3-10-3 Prerequisites for InSite ExC setup


If not already available, collect the following information from the IT Administrator:

A.) Proxy Server, if necessary:

________/_________/________/________ and Port __________________

B.) Proxy Authentication, if necessary:

User _______________________________ and Password__________________

C.) System ID (SID) number____________________________________

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 101


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-10-4 Configuring the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 for Network InSite Checkout

3-10-4-1 Configuration Steps


1.) Complete 3-10-3 "Prerequisites for InSite ExC setup" on page 3-101.
2.) Configure the system on the customers network using the System IP Address and Gateway
Address collected earlier.

NOTE:See Section 3-8 "Connectivity setup" on page 3-50 to configure the system to access the network.

3.) On the VIVID E9/VIVID E7, access the Service Login screen.
The Service Login screen opens (Figure 3-92).

NOTE: Figure 3-92 is an example from an engineering system.


See Clinical Systems Remote Service Support - Support Central:
- EMEA: http://supportcentral.ge.com/products/sup_products.asp?prod_id=49906
- US: http://supportcentral.ge.com/products/sup_products.asp?prod_id=49420
for other systems where Insite ExC is available.

Figure 3-92 Service Login Screen

4.) Select GE Service and enter the currently valid GE Service password, then select Okay.
The Service Desktop opens.

3 - 102 Section 3-10 - InSite ExC setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-10-4-1 Configuration Steps (contd)


5.) Select the Configuration tab.
The Configuration Page opens (Figure 3-93).

Figure 3-93 Configuration Home Page - Example

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 103


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-10-4-1 Configuration Steps (contd)


6.) Select Questra Agent Configuration.
The Agent Configuration Tool screen opens (Figure 3-94).

Figure 3-94 Completed Agent Configuration Tool screen

See Step 8 (in text below).

ALL ELEMENTS IN BOLD


MUST BE COMPLETED!

Must be:
PRODUCT
RPROC or EURO
WARN

See Step 14 and Step 15


(on next page)
MUST BE:
Enable
D:\Export
*.zip
Must be DISABLE, unless a
proxy server is provided by the
hospital

SUBMIT CHANGES

7.) The Device Name field is pre-populated. This is a required field.


8.) In the CRM No: field, enter the System ID.

NOTE: This is a required field. For consoles located in the U.S.A. the System ID is pre-populated. This
must Match Exactly the System ID in Cares. Failure to match the System ID and CRM number
will result in customer dispatch not reaching proper destination. Result is the customer will not
receive a call from support staff. Outside of U.S.A follow the local System ID convention.

9.) In the Display Name field, enter a descriptive name that is easy to identify with this device. For
example, Unit 1.
10.)In the Description field, create a unique description of the system.
This is a required field. For example, St. Marys Hospital.

11.)Select Continent and Country on drop-down menus.


12.)In the Address fields, enter the address where the system resides. Be sure to enter the zip code of
the address, or the longitude and latitude position.
13.)Use the following settings if this is a customer system:
- Enterprise Server: - PRODUCT.
- Service Center: - RPROC/EURO (Depending upon your location).
- Log Level: - WARN
3 - 104 Section 3-10 - InSite ExC setup
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-10-4-1 Configuration Steps (contd)

NOTE: Do not change the Log Level field selection unless you receive an OLC request.

NOTE: If data is missing from any required fields, the form will refresh and the required fields will be
identified by red labels when you click Submit Changes.

NOTE: The Reset Form button will clear the current data, if you want to start over from scratch.

14.)The Enterprise Server URL field should be pre-populated with the correct IP address:
https://198.169.188.10:443
(This is the IP address to https://us0-ws.service.gehealthcare.com:443).
If not pre-populated, enter the IP address.
15.)The Enterprise Tunnel URL field, should be pre-populated with the correct IP address:
https://198.169.188.11:443
(This is the IP address to https://us0-rd.service.gehealthcare.com:443).
If not pre-populated, enter the IP address.
16.)Do not change the File Repository path.
This path is set by Engineering as: D:\insite2Data\etc. InSite ExC files in this directory are sent to
the GE repository where the OLC can choose to review periodically.

17.)The File Watcher selection is set by Engineering and should always be enabled.
18.)Ensure the Filter field has the following entry "*.zip".

NOTE:File Watcher automatically sends to the GE repository any new or modified files that reside in the
specified directory AND match the filter criteria.

19.)If the customer site does not require a proxy server, set the Proxy field to Disable, and continue with
Step 21.
20.)If the customer site requires a proxy server, then enter the Proxy IP and Port Number (we must use
the Proxy IP and not a naming convention).
- If the customer site does not require Proxy Authentication, set the Proxy Authentication field
to Disable, and continue with Step 21.
- If the customer site requires Proxy Authentication, set the Proxy Authentication field to
Enable, enter the Proxy User and Password fields, and confirm the Scheme field.
21.)Select Submit Changes shown in Figure 3-94.
If a screen requests ok for password, select Yes. The Submit Changes screen opens.

22.)Reboot.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 105


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-10-4-1 Configuration Steps (contd)


23.)Return to the Service Home Page (Figure 3-95) and confirm that Service Connectivity is Configured
and Checked Out.
If configured properly, the Service Home Page updates in approximately 10 seconds (although it
may take up to 2 minutes). If it does not check out, confirm the Agent Configuration Tool screen has
correct URL / IP address information. Make corrections, and repeat Step 21. If it fails again, access
the Support Central site for troubleshooting information.

Figure 3-95 Service Home Page - VIVID E9/VIVID E7

SYSTEM IS CHECKED OUT


(See text field in illustration)

24.)If the system indicates 'Checked Out' you can be confident that the system has registered correctly
with the Questra Backoffice. If required, you can further verify connectivity using one of the following
methods:
a.) If you have access to remote connectivity, use your account.
b.) Call for InSite checkout.
c.) Call OLC or RSS. (OLC has training available on myLearning.)

3 - 106 Section 3-10 - InSite ExC setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-10-4-2 Create an Insite permanent user


An Insite permanent user is required for automatic system error reporting to the GE digital service
network.

1.) Select the Contact GE icon on the status bar.


The Insite service menu is displayed.

Figure 3-96 The Insite service menu

2.) Select Request for service.


The Contact GE screen is displayed.

Figure 3-97 The Contact GE screen

3.) Select Users on the top menu.


The Permanent users screen is displayed.

4.) Press Add user (see arrow in Figure 3-98).

Figure 3-98 The Permanent users screen

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 107


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-10-4-2 Create an Insite permanent user (contd)


5.) Fill in the required information and press the Add user button (see arrow in Figure 3-99).

Figure 3-99 The Permanent users screen

The permanent user is created.

6.) Close the window.

3-10-4-3 Troubleshooting
For Troubleshooting, see: Section 7-8 "InSite ExC troubleshooting" on page 7-18,
or the Clinical Systems Remote Service Support - Support Central:
- EMEA: http://supportcentral.ge.com/products/sup_products.asp?prod_id=49906
- US: http://supportcentral.ge.com/products/sup_products.asp?prod_id=49420.

3 - 108 Section 3-10 - InSite ExC setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3-11
Options Setup
3-11-1 Software options
Most of the options for VIVID E9/VIVID E7 are activated by installing a password (alphanumeric text
string).

For installation instructions, see: 3-6-7 "Software Options Configuration" on page 3-47.
For available options, see: Section 9-24 "Options - VIVID E9/VIVID E7" on page 9-126.

3-11-2 Stereo vision


For descriptions and setup instructions, please refer to Stereo vision in chapter 5 in the user manual.

3-11-3 Color Video Printer setup


NOTE: The Color Video Printer is an option.

An external Color Video Printer may be connected to one of the USB ports on VIVID E9/VIVID E7.

For a list of supported printers, see: 3-6-5-3 "External Peripherals (Optional) for Connection to USB" on
page 3-45.

NOTE: SONY UP-D23MD/UP-D25MD and MITSUBISHI CP30DW are medical devices so they can be
placed near the VIVID E9/VIVID E7. The USB cable is 5 meters long, so it must be placed within
reach of this cable.

3-11-3-1 Preparations for installing the CP30DW for the first time
Set Switch 1 and 2 on the rear side of the printer to ON.
- Please refer to the documentation for the printer if you need help to locate the switches.
- Please refer to the Printer Driver Installation Manual, Direction GA294652, Rev. 3 (or newer)
if you need to install a new printer driver.

3-11-3-2 Generic installation instructions


1.) Connect the USB cable to the printer and to the USB port on VIVID E9/VIVID E7s Rear Panel.
2.) Select the correct Power cable and connect it to the printer and to the mains power outlet.
3.) Switch on the power switch on the printer.
To be able to use the printer, the printer must be selected on the VIVID E9/VIVID E7.

For more information, please refer to the Printer Driver Installation Manual, Direction GA294652, Rev.
3 (or newer).

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 109


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-11-4 Printer Software Driver installation


For installation of software drivers for new printers, please refer to the latest revision of the Printer Driver
Installation Manual, Direction Number GA294652.

3 - 110 Section 3-11 - Options Setup


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-11-5 Digital Video Recorder (DVR) Assembly


The Digital Video Recorder (DVR) Assembly consists of a recording device inside the BEP. It is
constructed as a PCI board and has an onboard hard disk drive (HDD) used for the initial buffering of
the datastream. A DVD recorder, located below the standard DVD drive, is used for recording the
buffered datastream onto DVD+RW discs.

For installation instructions, please refer to the VIVID E9 DVR Installation Manual, Direction number:
GA294614.

3-11-6 USB Flash Drive (UFD)


There is no special setup procedure for use of a UFD for storage.

3-11-6-1 Software and documentation on UFD


Starting from late 2013, a UFD was introduced for delivering the software and electronic documentation.
All the needed software and documentation is included on the UFD.

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 111


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Section 3-12
Setup paperwork
NOTE: During and after installation, the documentation (i.e. USB Flash Drive (UFD) or CD-ROMs with
documentation, User's Manuals, Installation Manuals etc.) for the peripheral units must be kept
as part of the original system documentation. This will ensure that all relevant safety and user
informations are available during the operation and service of the complete system.

3-12-1 Contents in this Section


3-12-1 "Contents in this Section" on page 3-112
3-12-2 "Users Manual(s)" on page 3-112
3-12-3 "Product Locator Installation Card" on page 3-113

3-12-2 Users Manual(s)


Check that the correct user manual(s) or UFD/CD-ROM/DVD with user manuals, per software (SW)
revision and language, for the system is included.

For a complete list of Users Manuals for VIVID E9/VIVID E7, refer to Section 9-26 "Product Manuals
for VIVID E9/VIVID E7" on page 9-140.

3 - 112 Section 3-12 - Setup paperwork


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

3-12-3 Product Locator Installation Card

NOTE: The Product Locator Installation Card shown may not be the same as the provided Product
Locator card.

From the factory, a sheet with five Product Locator cards for transportation and one for Installation are
included.

Figure 3-100 Product Locator Installation Card (Example)

Chapter 3 - System setup 3 - 113


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

This page left blank to facilitate double-sided printing.

3 - 114 Section 3-12 - Setup paperwork


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 4
General procedures and Functional checks

Section 4-1
Overview
4-1-1 Purpose of this chapter
This chapter provides procedures for quickly checking major functions of the VIVID E9/VIVID E7
scanner and diagnostics instructions using the built-in service software.

4-1-2 Contents in this chapter


4-1 Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4-2 General procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4-3 Functional checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
4-4 Application Turnover Check List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79
4-5 Power supply test & adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80
4-6 Site Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4-1


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-1-3 Special Equipment required


An empty (blank) DVD+RW disc
ECG Pads
ECG Harness:
- CABLE ECG MARQ. AHA/AMERICA, P/N:164L0025
- LEADWIRES ECG MARQ. AHA/AMERICA, P/N: 164L0027
or

- CABLE ECG MARQ. IEC/EU+AS, P/N:164L0026


- LEADWIRES ECG MARQ. IEC/EU+AS, P/N:164L0028
At least one probe (ideally you should check all the site probes used by the system.)
For available probes, see: Section 9-22 "Probes for VIVID E9/VIVID E7" on page 9-122.

4-2 -
GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Section 4-2
General procedures

NOTICE SYSTEM REQUIRES ALL COVERS


Operate this unit only when all board covers and frame panels are securely in place. The covers
are required for safe operation, good system performance and cooling purposes.

CAUTION ENERGY CONTROL AND POWER LOCKOUT FOR VIVID E9/VIVID E7.
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE BREAKER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
TAG
&
LOCKOUT

3. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.


Signed Date

4. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE NO


TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION.
Beware that the Main Power Supply and Back End Processor may be energized even if the
power is turned off when the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.

4-2-1 Overview
Some procedures are used more often than other. The intention with this section is to keep the most
used procedures in one place.

4-2-2 Contents in this section


4-2-1 Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4-2-2 Contents in this section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4-2-3 Power ON/Boot Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
4-2-4 Power shut down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
4-2-5 Top Console position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
4-2-6 LCD Monitor position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
4-2-7 Logging on to VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as ADM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
4-2-8 Service Key (Dongle, HASP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
4-2-9 Exit to Windows Desktop from the Application Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
4-2-10 Removable Media. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
4-2-11 Archiving and Loading Presets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
4-2-12 Download / Upload of System Presets via InSite ExC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
4-2-13 Data Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
4-2-14 Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
4-2-15 Installation and Setup Procedures for Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
4-2-16 Moving and Transporting the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
4-2-17 Recording important settings and parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
4-2-18 Cleaning the Trackball from the outside (OP-5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
4-2-19 Cleaning the Trackball (OP-1 to OP-4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
4-2-20 4V-D Field Failure Data Collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4-3


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-3 Power ON/Boot Up

4-2-3-1 Warnings

DANGER ALWAYS CONNECT THE UNIT TO A FIXED POWER SOCKET WHICH HAS THE
PROTECTIVE GROUNDING CONNECTOR.
DANGER NEVER USE A THREE-TO-TWO PRONG ADAPTER; THIS DEFEATS THE
SAFETY GROUND.
DANGER ENSURE THAT THE POWER CORD AND PLUG ARE INTACT AND THAT THE
POWER PLUG IS THE PROPER HOSPITAL-GRADE TYPE (WHERE REQUIRED).
CAUTION SYSTEM REQUIRES ALL COVERS
OPERATE THIS UNIT ONLY WHEN ALL BOARD COVERS AND FRAME PANELS ARE
SECURELY IN PLACE. THE COVERS ARE REQUIRED FOR SAFE OPERATION, GOOD SYSTEM
PERFORMANCE AND COOLING PURPOSES.

NOTICE Use only power supply cords, cables and plugs provided by or designated by GE Healthcare.

NOTE: Do not cycle the Circuit Breaker ON-OFF-ON in less than five (5) seconds. When turning OFF
the Circuit Breaker, the system should de-energize completely before turning the circuit breaker
ON.

4-4 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-3-2 Connect AC (mains) Power to the VIVID E9/VIVID E7

Connecting AC Power to the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 ultrasound unit, involves preliminary checks of the
power cord, voltage level and compliance with electrical safety requirements.

1.) Ensure that the wall outlet is of appropriate type, and that the Circuit Breaker is turned off.
2.) Uncoil the power cable, allowing sufficient slack so that the unit can be moved slightly.
3.) Verify that the power cable is without any visible scratches or any sign of damage.
4.) Verify that the on-site mains voltage is within the limits indicated on the rating label near the Circuit
Breaker on the rear of the unit.
5.) Connect the Power Cables female plug to the Power Inlet at the rear of the unit.
6.) Lock the plug in position with the Retaining Clamp (ACC Clamp).
7.) Verify that the Mains Power Circuit Breaker is in OFF position, if not, switch it OFF.

Figure 4-1 The Circuit Breaker and On/Off button

8.) Connect the Power Cables other end (male plug) to a hospital grade mains power outlet with the
proper rated voltage, and the unit is ready for Power ON/Boot Up.

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4-5


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-3-3 Turn Unit ON


1.) Switch ON the Mains Power Circuit Breaker at the rear of the unit.

Figure 4-2 The Circuit breaker and On/Off button

You should hear a click from the relays in the AC Power and the unit is ready to boot.

2.) Press once on the On/Off key on the Operator Panel to boot the unit.
During a normal boot, you may observe that:

a.) The units ventilation fan starts on full speed, but slows down after a few seconds (listen to the
fan sound).
b.) Power is distributed to the peripherals, Operator Panel (Console), Monitor, Front End
Processor and Back End Processor.
c.) Back End Processor and rest of scanner starts with the sequence listed in the next steps:
d.) Back End Processor is turned ON and starts to load the software.
e.) The Start Screen is displayed on the monitor.
f.) A start-up bar indicating the time used for software loading, is displayed on the monitor.

Figure 4-3 Start-up bar

g.) The software initiates and sets up the Front End electronics and the rest of the instrument.
h.) The backlight in the keyboard is lit.

4-6 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-3-3 Turn Unit ON (contd)


i.) As soon as the software has been loaded, either a 2D screen is displayed on the screen,
indicating that a probe has been connected, or a No Mode screen is displayed, indicating that
no probe has been connected.

Figure 4-4 2D Screen on the display.

NOTE: Total time used for start-up is typical one and a half minutes or less. If starting after a power loss
or a lock-up, the start-up time may be up to four minutes.

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4-7


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-4 Power shut down


When you switch off the unit, the system performs an automatic shutdown sequence.

Figure 4-5 System - Exit menu

The SYSTEM - EXIT menu, used when switching off the unit, gives you these choices:

Logoff
Use this button to log off the current user.

The system remains ON and ready for a new user to log on.

If the Logoff button is dimmed, it indicates that no user is logged on to the unit at the moment.

Shutdown
Use this button to shut down the system. The entire system will shut down. It is recommended to
perform a full shutdown at least once a week.

If the Shutdown button is dimmed, use the key-combination <Ctrl+Alt+R> to shut down the unit.

Cancel
Use this button to exit from the System-Exit menu and return to the previous operation.

Exit (Only available when logged in as GE Service with Service Dongle)


Select this button when you want to exit to the Windows Desktop.

NOTE: If you need to restart VIVID E9/VIVID E7 when logged on to the Windows Desktop, ensure that
you do a complete power down (Shut Down). This is required to power up the Front End
Processor.

Figure 4-6 System - Exit menu (when logged in using Service Dongle)

4-8 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-4-1 Complete Power Down


1.) Before Power Down, lock the Top Console in its lower, locked position. This is required if you are
going to move or transport the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 to ensure maximum stability.

NOTE: For service purposes, you may want to move the Top Console after Power Down. If you leave
the Top Console in unlocked position, it will be sensed during Power Down, and the brakes that
usually stabilize the position of the Top Console, will be released so you can move the Top
Console in the XY directions.

2.) Press once on the On/Off key on the Operator Panel to display the System - Exit menu.

Figure 4-7 Press once on the key with the green light

Figure 4-8 Select Shutdown

3.) Select Shutdown to do a complete power down of the unit.


The Back End Processor will first turn off the scanner activity and print the message Please wait -
Shutdown in progress in the LCD display on the Operator Panel.

Next, it starts to shut down itself. The time to turn down the unit, including the Back End Processor,
may vary from 10 seconds up to approximately 1 minute.

The last thing that shuts down, is the light on the Operator Panel, indicating that you can continue
with the next step.

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4-9


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-4-1 Complete Power Down (contd)

NOTICE Be sure to wait with the next step until the system has finished its shut-down. Failing to do so, may
destroy data on the hard disk, making the system fail later.

4.) Switch off the Mains Power Circuit Breaker, located on the rear of the unit. This will cut power
distribution within the unit.

Figure 4-9 Circuit Breaker located at rear of the unit

MAINS POWER CIRCUIT


BREAKER

4 - 10 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-5 Top Console position adjustment


The systems Top Console can be freely moved in all directions. The vertical displacement of the Top
Console is motor driven. The control buttons are located around the handles (Figure 4-10).

CAUTION To avoid injury or damage, make sure nothing is within the range of motion before moving the
Top Console. This includes both objects and people.

Figure 4-10 Top Console adjustment controls

1. Lock and brake release button: Unlock and move the Top Console horizontal.
2. Up/Down button: Move the Console up or down

4-2-5-1 To raise/lower the Top Console


1.) Press and hold down the Up/Down button (Figure 4-10, button 2) accordingly to raise or lower the
Top Console.
2.) Release the button when the Top Console is at the desired height.

4-2-5-2 To unlock the Top Console


1.) Press and hold down the Lock and brake release button(s) (Figure 4-10, button 1) and pull the Top
Console out of the locked position until the Top console is in the desired position.
2.) Release the button(s).

4-2-5-3 To lock the Top Console


1.) Press and hold down the Lock and brake release button(s) (Figure 4-10, button 1) while pushing
the Top Console in the locked position.
2.) Release the button(s).

4-2-5-4 To move the floating Top Console


1.) The unlocked Top Console can be easily moved by pressing and holding down the Lock and brake
release button(s) (Figure 4-10, button 1) and move the Top Console in any direction.
2.) Release the button when the Top Console is at the desired height.

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 11


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-5-5 Manually releasing the XY Lock


Even if the power is OFF, it is possible to manually release the consoles XY-mechanism (frog leg).

The release point is located on the rear of the XY Mechanism (Frog Leg).

Figure 4-11 XY mechanism release

XY RELEASE

1.) Insert a small tipped screwdriver or eq. into the release point and push until a click is heard. Some
force may be required if the lock adjustment is tight adjusted.

Figure 4-12 Manually releasing the XY Lock

2.) Move the console to the wanted position.

4 - 12 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-5-6 Moving the Top Console up or down when Power is OFF


The Z mechanism can be manually repositioned (moved up or down) in the event the drive gear is
disconnected or has failed, or if the mains power is turned off or disconnected, or if it is a mains power
failure.

Figure 4-13 Up/Down Release Handle

MOVE HANDLE (ABOVE THE ARROW IN


THE ILLUSTRATION) TO THE RIGHT TO
RELEASE THE Z MECHANISM

WARNING OPERATOR CONSOLE CAN DROP UNEXPECTEDLY WHEN THE MECHANISM IS


RELEASED.
Move the handle a few millimeters to the right side, to release the Z Mechanism (disengage the
motor drive unit), and at the same time move the Top Console up or down, as required.

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 13


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-6 LCD Monitor position adjustment

Figure 4-14 LCD monitor position adjustment

4-2-6-1 To unlock the LCD monitor


Turn the release knob counter clockwise to unlock the LCD monitor.
The LCD monitor can be moved freely in all directions.

4-2-6-2 To lock the LCD monitor


Turn the release knob clockwise to raise the lock and move the LCD monitor into the parked
position.

4 - 14 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-7 Logging on to VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as ADM


To select Config, choose either Procedure A or Procedure B:

A.) Procedure A: On the Touch Screen:


1.) Select the Utility tab.

Figure 4-15 Select Utility

UTILITY

2.) Then select Config.

Figure 4-16 Select Config

CONFIG

B.) Procedure B: On the alphanumeric keyboard:


Press F2.
Both method A and B will bring up the Operator Login dialog where you must log on.

Figure 4-17 Operator Login

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 15


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-7 Logging on to VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as ADM (contd)


As default, two users are defined, USR and ADM.

USR
If you log on as USR, you will have access to do set-up tasks that a user may need to do during
daily use.

Example: To select a printer.


As default, no password has been set for USR. Just type the name USR and select Login.

ADM
If you log on as ADM, you will have access to do general set-up and service adjustments.

Example: Adjust network and connectivity settings.


As default, the password for ADM is ulsadm. Select the name ADM, the password (ulsadm) and
select Login.

It is possible for the administrator (ADM) to establish new users and set unique passwords for each
user, including a new password for ADM. If the login as ADM fails, contact the responsible person
in the hospital to get access.

The Emergency button stores data only from current patient examination.

The Cancel button is used to cancel the login.

If this is the first time the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 is turned on, the Imaging and Analysis - Global Level
window is displayed. (If another screen was displayed earlier, before logging out, or turning unit off,
that screen will be displayed.)

Figure 4-18 Imaging and Analysis - Global Level window

4 - 16 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-8 Service Key (Dongle, HASP)


A Service Dongle and a proprietary GE Service password are necessary for use by GE Service when
performing proprietary level diagnostics like accessing the desktop on the BEP. The password used
with the GE service dongle changes at specific intervals.

1.) Power down the unit, see section 4-2-4 on page 4-8.
2.) Attach your GE Service Dongle to any accessible USB port. VIVID E9/VIVID E7 has several USB
ports to choose between. There are USB ports on the Operator Panel, on the rear of the VIVID E9/
VIVID E7 and on the monitor.
3.) Power ON the unit.
If a Service Dongle is plugged in, a Maintenance Access dialog will be displayed on the screen.

Figure 4-19 Maintenance Access dialog

Dialog for software v112.1.0 and later Dialog for software v112.0.x and lower

4.) If applicable: Leave the Username field empty.


5.) Type the current GE Service Password in the Password field.

NOTE: READ THIS NOTE BEFORE YOU CONTINUE:


After you have selected OK, the Start Application dialog will be displayed on screen. Be ready
to select MAINTENANCE before the Time Bar is full, or the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 application
software will be started.
A description on how to recover, if you fail to select MAINTENANCE is included, but you will
spend some extra time doing it.

6.) Select OK in the Maintenance Access dialog to verify the password. The Start Application dialog
will be displayed on screen.
7.) Select MAINTENANCE to enter Maintenance mode.
This will bring up the Maintenance dialog.
8.) Select EXIT TO WINDOWS. This will display the Windows Desktop on screen.

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 17


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-9 Exit to Windows Desktop from the Application Software


Follow these steps if you want to exit to the Windows Desktop when the application software is running.
The Service Dongle must be plugged in, if not, see section 4-2-8 on page 4-17.

1.) On the Alphanumeric Keyboard, press Ctrl+Alt+R. This will bring up either the;
- Start Application dialog (continue with step 2), or
- The Maintenance dialog (continue with step 3).
2.) If the Start Application dialog is displayed, select MAINTENANCE to enter Maintenance mode.
This will bring up the Maintenance dialog.
3.) In the Maintenance dialog, select EXIT TO WINDOWS. This will display the Windows Desktop on
the screen.

NOTE: If you need to restart VIVID E9/VIVID E7, ensure that you do a complete power down (Shut
Down). This is required to power up the Front End Processor.

4-2-10 Removable Media


Refer to the latest revision of the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 User Manual to perform the following tasks:

Using Removable Media


Labeling Removable Media
Formatting Removable Media
Verifying Removable Media

4-2-11 Archiving and Loading Presets

4-2-11-1 Loading Presets from removable media


For information, refer to the latest revision of the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 User Manual.

4 - 18 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-12 Download / Upload of System Presets via InSite ExC

4-2-12-1 Retrieving the system presets via InSite


Follow these steps to retrieve the presets:

1.) Ask the customer to press Alt-D to save error logs and presets.
BT11: Remotely, you can get presets by exercising Gather Logs Utility from CSD via InSite.
2.) Use the destination drop down and select Internal HD (D:\export).

Figure 4-20 Store to Internal HD (D:\export)

3.) Select the Save and Export button. The file is stored to the D:\Export folder ready for InSite
retrieval.

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 19


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-12-1 Retrieving the system presets via InSite (contd)


4.) Connect to the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 via InSite ExC.
The indicator shows that new logs have been saved to the D:\export folder.

Figure 4-21 New logs have been saved to the D:\export folder

5.) Select Manage system files under Service in the IDM application.

Figure 4-22 IDM application: Manage system files

4 - 20 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-12-1 Retrieving the system presets via InSite (contd)


6.) Place a check mark in the box next to the file to be downloaded.

Figure 4-23 Mark file for download

7.) Press the Download button.

Figure 4-24 Click link to start download

8.) Click on the link to begin the download.

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 21


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-12-1 Retrieving the system presets via InSite (contd)


9.) Click the Save button.

Figure 4-25 File Download selection

10.)Save the file on your computer, preferably in a folder named Presets.

Figure 4-26 Select folder for saving

4 - 22 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-12-2 Extraction of Preset Folder from zip file


Follow this procedure to extract the Presets folder from the zip file:

1.) Right click on the saved zip file


2.) Select Open With and Compressed (zipped) Folders (a).

Figure 4-27 Locate the userprefs folder in the zip file

b c

3.) Navigate to the userdefs folder by double clicking on idunn, target, resources, and idunn (b).
The userdefs folder should now be displayed (c).

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 23


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-12-2 Extraction of Preset Folder from zip file (contd)


4.) Right click on the userdefs folder and select Copy from the pop up menu.

Figure 4-28 Right click and copy

5.) Navigate back up to the Presets folder, right click in the blank area of the window and select
Paste.

Figure 4-29 Paste

There should now be a userdefs folder along with the original zip file.

4 - 24 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-12-2 Extraction of Preset Folder from zip file (contd)


6.) Right click on the userdefs folder and from the pop up menu select Send To, then Compressed
(zipped) Folder.

Figure 4-30 Send to Compressed (zipped) folder

7.) A new zip file will be created from the userdefs folder ready for upload to the Presets server.

Figure 4-31 The zipped userdefs folder

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 25


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-12-3 Deleting files from the Questra Server


Follow this procedure to delete the file (or files) in the IDM application:

1.) Select Manage system files in the IDM application.

Figure 4-32 Manage system files

2.) Place a check mark in the box beside the file or files to be deleted.
3.) Click the trash can icon in the upper right corner.

Figure 4-33 Select and delete

4 - 26 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-12-3 Deleting files from the Questra Server (contd)


4.) Press Yes to confirm.

Figure 4-34 Confirmation

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 27


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-12-4 Uploading Presets to the Preset Server


Follow this procedure to upload the presets to the Preset Server:

1.) On your computer select the Windows Start button


2.) Then select Run.
3.) Input the following path to the server:
\\med.ge.com\fs\am\Clinical\Services\UltrasoundPreset

4.) Then click OK

Figure 4-35 Select Run and type server address.

NOTE: To make access to the server easy, save this URL to your favorites

You should now see the contents of the Ultrasound Preset Server

Figure 4-36 Content in Ultrasound Preset Server

5.) Once the server is open, Select the US Presets folder

4 - 28 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-12-4 Uploading Presets to the Preset Server (contd)


6.) Select the VE9 folder

Figure 4-37 Select VE9

7.) Create a new folder by clicking Make a new folder.

Figure 4-38 Make a new folder

8.) Name the folder after the System ID: VE9xxxxxx.


9.) Open the newly created folder.
10.)Drag and drop the userdefs.zip file from the folder on your computer to the one created on the
server.

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 29


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-12-4 Uploading Presets to the Preset Server (contd)


11.)Finally rename the file to include the date, as we may have several copies in a folder.

Figure 4-39 Rename zip file to include date.

The userdefs.zip file can now be deleted off of your computer and can be downloaded at anytime by
re-accessing the server.

4 - 30 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-12-5 Loading presets onto customer system from the Preset Server

NOTE: At the time of this procedure update (February, 2010), Presets can be uploaded to the
VIVID E9/VIVID E7, but cannot be restored remotely. On-site FE must be present for Presets
to be restored.

Follow this procedure to load presets from the Presets server.

1.) Access the Preset Server by going to the Windows Start button, select Run and type in:
\\med.ge.com\fs\am\Clinical\Services\UltrasoundPreset
2.) Select OK.

Figure 4-40 Select Run and type server address.

3.) Once the server is open, select the US Presets folder, select the VE9 folder and then the correct
System ID folder.
4.) Drag and drop the userdefs.zip file onto your desktop or appropriate folder.

Figure 4-41 Copy userdefs.zip file to your PC

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 31


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-12-5 Loading presets onto customer system from the Preset Server (contd)
5.) Log onto the correct system via the IDM Application Suite.
6.) Select File Management > Manage system files.

Figure 4-42

7.) Select My Files.


8.) Click the + to open the Upload window.

Figure 4-43

9.) Using the Browse button, locate the userdefs file on your laptop selected from the Preset Server
for uploading.
10.)Select Upload to start uploading the file.
11.)Select Close upon completion of the transfer.

4 - 32 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-12-5 Loading presets onto customer system from the Preset Server (contd)

Figure 4-44 Transfer the files to the Log folder

a
c
b

12.)Go to File Management and select Transfer Files (a).


13.)Then select System Files under the Transfer tab (b).
14.)Check the userdefs.zip file under From (c).
15.)Click to open the folder under To (d), then the Log folder (e).
16.)Click on Ok (f).

Verify that the userdefs folder was uploaded to the system


Use this procedure to verify that the new userdefs folder was uploaded to the system:

1.) From the main screen of the IDM application, observe that the folder icon is visible (a).

Figure 4-45 Main screen of the IDM application

2.) Click on the folder and verify that the file transferred is the userdefs.zip (b).

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 33


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-12-6 Restoring VIVID E9/VIVID E7 system presets

NOTE: As of the creation date of this document, February 2011, it is not possible to remotely restore
presets to the system via InSite ExC.
However, the transfer of the system presets from the GE Preset Server to the system is possible
and the restore operation can then be performed manually by authorized on-site service
personnel using the following procedure.

1.) Plug in the service key and press CTL-ALT-R to restart the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 application.
2.) Type in the service password, select Maintenance Mode and then Exit to Windows.
3.) Open My Computer and navigate to the D:\Log folder where you should find the downloaded
userdefs.zip file (a).

Figure 4-46 D:\log folder with userdefs.zip

4 - 34 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-12-6 Restoring VIVID E9/VIVID E7 system presets (contd)

Figure 4-47 Move userdefs folder to correct location - 1 of 2

1.) Double click the userdefs.zip file and the unzipped userdefs folder will open in another window.
2.) Right click on the folder and select Copy.
3.) Press the backspace key to navigate back up to My Computer and then on the D: drive navigate
down to idunn\target\resources\idunn.
4.) Right click on the userdefs folder and select Rename from the pop up menu.
5.) Rename it to: userdefs.old.

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 35


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-12-6 Restoring VIVID E9/VIVID E7 system presets (contd)

Figure 4-48 Move userdefs folder to correct location - 2 of 2

6.) Right click in the blank area of the window and select Paste from the pop-up menu (f).
7.) The new userdefs folder should now appear in the window (g).
8.) Close all windows and restart the VIVID E9/VIVID E7.
The operation is complete and the system will now reflect the newly restored presets.

4 - 36 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-13 Data Management


Refer to the latest revision of the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 User Manual to perform the following tasks:

Configuring the Disk Management Function


Setting the Disk Management Schedule
Configuring Data Management Settings
Configuring Destination Device Setting
Running the Disk Management Function
Starting Disk Management Manually

4-2-14 Backup
For information, refer to the latest revision of the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 User Manual.

4-2-15 Installation and Setup Procedures for Peripherals


Please refer to 3-6-5 "Optional Peripherals/Peripheral Connection" on page 3-45.

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 37


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-16 Moving and Transporting the VIVID E9/VIVID E7

4-2-16-1 The Casters (Wheels) control


The wheels of the unit are controlled by the pedals located between the front wheels of the unit.

Examine the wheels frequently for defects to avoid breaking or jamming.

Figure 4-49 Pedals

1.) Press the right pedal to engage the Parking brake.


2.) Press the center pedal to release the Parking brake.
3.) Press the left pedal to engage the Swivel lock.
4.) Press the center pedal to release the Swivel lock.

4-2-16-2 To prepare the unit to be moved


1.) If not locked, move the keyboard console and LCD monitor to the park position (see: 4-2-5 "Top
Console position adjustment" on page 4-11 and 4-2-6 "LCD Monitor position adjustment" on page
4-14).
2.) Turn the system off, including the circuit breaker (see 4-2-4 "Power shut down" on page 4-8), and
remove the plug from the wall.
3.) Disconnect all cables linking the unit to any off-board peripheral devices and network.
4.) Secure the units power cable.
5.) Place all probes in the probe holder. Ensure that the probe cables do not protrude from the unit or
interfere with the wheels.
6.) Ensure that no loose items are left on the unit.
7.) Fold down the monitor.
8.) Unlock the brake.

4 - 38 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-16-3 To ensure safety while moving the unit


1.) Ensure that the keyboard console and LCD monitor are in locked position (see: 4-2-5 "Top Console
position adjustment" on page 4-11 and 4-2-6 "LCD Monitor position adjustment" on page 4-14).

WARNING DO NOT MOVE THE UNIT IF THE KEYBOARD CONSOLE AND LCD MONITOR ARE IN
FREE POSITION.
ENSURE THAT THE HANDS OF THE PATIENT ARE AWAY FROM THE CONSOLE ARM
WHEN MOVING THE KEYBOARD CONSOLE.
2.) Proceed cautiously when crossing door or elevator thresholds. Grasp the front handle grips or the
back handle bar and push or pull. Do not attempt to move the unit using cables or probe connectors.
Take extra care while moving the unit on inclines.
3.) Ensure that the unit does not strike the walls or door frames.
4.) Ensure that the pathway is clear.
5.) Move the unit slowly and carefully.

CAUTION Avoid ramps that are steeper than 10 degrees.

6.) Use two or more persons to move the unit over long distances or on inclines.

4-2-16-4 Transporting the unit by vehicle


Take extra care when transporting the unit by vehicle. In addition to the moving precautions listed on
4-2-16-3 "To ensure safety while moving the unit" on page 4-39, follow the procedure described below.

1.) If not locked, move the keyboard console and LCD monitor to the park position (see: 4-2-5 "Top
Console position adjustment" on page 4-11 and 4-2-6 "LCD Monitor position adjustment" on page
4-14).

WARNING DO NOT MOVE/LIFT THE UNIT IF THE KEYBOARD CONSOLE AND LCD MONITOR ARE
IN FREE (UNLOCKED) POSITION.
2.) Disconnect all probes and secure them in their boxes.
3.) Ensure that the transporting vehicle is appropriate for the units weight.
4.) Park the vehicle on a level surface for loading and unloading.
5.) Secure the unit while it is on the lift, to prevent rolling. Do not attempt to hold it in place by hand.
Cushion the unit and strap the lower part so that it does not break loose.
6.) Ensure that the unit is secured inside the vehicle. Secure it with straps to the two hooks under the
system to prevent movement while in transit.
7.) Drive cautiously to prevent vibration damage.

4-2-16-5 At the new location


1.) When the unit is in place at a new location, lock the wheel brakes.

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 39


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-17 Recording important settings and parameters

NOTICE An error, or a power loss may occur during the software loading.
Always keep a record of the settings for the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 on paper. Verify if it is current
before starting a software loading!

4-2-17-1 Overview
This subsection includes descriptions for recording data from the following screens:

Connectivity
- Dataflow (see: 4-2-17-2 "Connectivity Dataflow" on page 4-41)
- Additional Outputs (see: 4-2-17-3 "Connectivity Additional Outputs" on page 4-42)
- Tools (see: 4-2-17-4 "Connectivity Tools" on page 4-43)
- Formats (see: 4-2-17-5 "Connectivity Formats" on page 4-43
- Tcpip (see: 4-2-17-6 "Connectivity Recording the TCP/IP settings" on page 4-44)
System
- Settings (see: 4-2-17-7 "System Settings" on page 4-46)
About
- System Version (see: 4-2-17-9 "About System Version" on page 4-47)
Admin
- Disk Management (see: 4-2-17-13 "Admin Disk Management" on page 4-48)
- Backup (see: 4-2-17-14 "Admin Backup" on page 4-48)
- Restore (see: 4-2-17-15 "Admin Restore" on page 4-49)
- Users (see: 4-2-17-16 "Admin Users" on page 4-49)
- System Admin (see: 4-2-17-17 "Admin System Admin" on page 4-50)
Service
- Service screen (see: 4-2-17-18 "Service screen" on page 4-51)

4 - 40 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-17-2 Connectivity Dataflow


1.) Select Config/F2 to log on as ADM. (Default password: ulsadm).
For a detailed description, see: 4-2-7 "Logging on to VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as ADM" on page 4-15.
2.) Select Connectivity > Dataflow

Figure 4-50 The Dataflow screen

3.) Record the settings for each Dataflow in use by the site.

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 41


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-17-3 Connectivity Additional Outputs


1.) Select Config/F2 to log on as ADM. (Default password: ulsadm).
For a detailed description, see: 4-2-7 "Logging on to VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as ADM" on page 4-15.
2.) Select Connectivity > Additional Outputs.

Figure 4-51 Additional Outputs

3.) Select Button P1 in the Button pull-down menu.


4.) Record the settings for Button P1.
5.) Select Button P2 in the Button pull-down menu.
6.) Record the settings for Button P2.
7.) Select Button Record in the Button pull-down menu.
8.) Record the settings for Button Record.

4 - 42 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-17-4 Connectivity Tools


1.) Select Config/F2 to log on as ADM. (Default password: ulsadm).
For a detailed description, see: 4-2-7 "Logging on to VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as ADM" on page 4-15.
2.) Select Connectivity > Tools.

Figure 4-52 Tools

3.) If in use: Record the Remote Path.


4.) If in use: Record the Configurable Remote Path User. Also ensure that you have the correct
Password for this user available, before you continue.

4-2-17-5 Connectivity Formats


Ensure that an Application Specialist have recorded the needed information from the Formats screen.

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 43


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-17-6 Connectivity Recording the TCP/IP settings


1.) Select Config/F2 to log on as ADM. (Default password: ulsadm).
For a detailed description, see: 4-2-7 "Logging on to VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as ADM" on page 4-15.
2.) Select Connectivity > Tcpip.
3.) Record all settings in: Table 4-1 "Record settings from Tcpip screen and sub-screens" on page 4-45.

Figure 4-53 Tcpip screen, Example Settings

NETWORK SETTINGS

4.) Select Network Settings.

Figure 4-54 Tcpip > Network Settings

5.) Double-click Local Area Connection.


6.) Select Properties.
7.) Double-click Internet Protocol (TCP/IP).
8.) Select Advanced
9.) Record the settings in Table 4-1 "Record settings from Tcpip screen and sub-screens" on page 4-45.
- Record if DHCP is Enabled.
- Record IP address, Subnet mask and Default gateways

4 - 44 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-17-6 Connectivity Recording the TCP/IP settings (contd)

Table 4-1 Record settings from Tcpip screen and sub-screens

PARAMETER VALUE

COMPUTER NAME

AE TITLE

PORT NO

REMOTE ARCHIVE SETUP

REMOTE ARCHIVE IP-ADDR

REMOTE ARCHIVE NAME

DHCP

ENABLED ___
DHCP
DISABLED ___

IP SETTINGS - IF DHCP IS DISABLED

IP ADDRESS

SUBNET MASK

DEFAULT GATEWAY

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 45


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-17-7 System Settings


1.) Select Config/F2 to log on as ADM. (Default password: ulsadm).
For a detailed description, see: 4-2-7 "Logging on to VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as ADM" on page 4-15.
2.) Select System > Settings.

Figure 4-55 Settings

3.) Record the following information for Location:


- Hospital
- Department
4.) Record the following information for Date and Time:
- Time Format
- Date Format
- Default Century
5.) Record the selected Language.
6.) Record the selected Manual Language.
7.) Select the selected Units.

4-2-17-8 System Test


There are no data on this screen that need to be recorded.

4 - 46 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-17-9 About System Version


1.) Select Config/F2 to log on as ADM. (Default password: ulsadm).
For a detailed description, see: 4-2-7 "Logging on to VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as ADM" on page 4-15.
2.) Select About > System Version.

Figure 4-56 Information available on the About tab

3.) Record software and hardware versions in Table 4-2 "Record Software versions" on page 4-47.

Table 4-2 Record Software versions

DESCRIPTION RECORD VERSIONS

APPLICATION SW VERSION

SYSTEM SW VERSION

4-2-17-10 About Firmware Version


There are no data on this screen that need to be recorded.

4-2-17-11 About HW Version


There are no data on this screen that need to be recorded.

4-2-17-12 About Probes


There are no data on this screen that need to be recorded.

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 47


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-17-13 Admin Disk Management


1.) Select Config/F2 to log on as ADM. (Default password: ulsadm).
For a detailed description, see: 4-2-7 "Logging on to VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as ADM" on page 4-15.
2.) Select Admin > Disk Management.

Figure 4-57 Disk Management

3.) Record the selected Reminder Interval Every setting.

4-2-17-14 Admin Backup


1.) Select Config/F2 to log on as ADM. (Default password: ulsadm).
For a detailed description, see: 4-2-7 "Logging on to VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as ADM" on page 4-15.
2.) Select Admin > Backup.
3.) Record Remote Path.

4 - 48 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-17-15 Admin Restore


1.) Select Config/F2 to log on as ADM. (Default password: ulsadm).
For a detailed description, see: 4-2-7 "Logging on to VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as ADM" on page 4-15.
2.) Select Admin > Restore.
3.) Record Remote Path.

4-2-17-16 Admin Users


1.) Select Config/F2 to log on as ADM. (Default password: ulsadm).
For a detailed description, see: 4-2-7 "Logging on to VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as ADM" on page 4-15.
2.) Select Admin > Users.

Figure 4-58 Users

3.) Select and record all data for each user in the User List.

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 49


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-17-17 Admin System Admin


1.) Select Config/F2 to log on as ADM. (Default password: ulsadm).
For a detailed description, see: 4-2-7 "Logging on to VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as ADM" on page 4-15.
2.) Select Admin > System Admin.

Figure 4-59 System Admin (Example)

3.) Record the SW Option Key - one or more alphanumeric strings - from the SW Option Key field.

WARNING MAKE SURE THAT THE SOFTWARE OPTION KEY (ALPHANUMERIC PASSWORDS)
HAVE BEEN RECORDED CORRECTLY. IF THE KEY IS INCORRECT, YOU WILL NOT BE
ABLE TO LOG ON AFTER THE SOFTWARE INSTALLATION HAS BEEN COMPLETED.
THE PASSWORD IS CASE SENSITIVE. HYPHENS MUST ALSO BE RECORDED. THERE
MAY BE MORE THAN ONE PASSWORD.

Table 4-3 Software Options Keys

SW OPTIONS KEYS

4 - 50 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-17-18 Service screen


1.) Select Config/F2 to log on as ADM. (Default password: ulsadm).
For a detailed description, see: 4-2-7 "Logging on to VIVID E9/VIVID E7 as ADM" on page 4-15.
2.) Select Service.
.

Figure 4-60 Service Settings

3.) Record Video settings Format in Table 4-4 "Service screen settings" on page 4-51.
4.) Record Monitor in Table 4-4 "Service screen settings" on page 4-51.

Table 4-4 Service screen settings

PARAMETER VALUE

VIDEO-SETTINGS FORMAT
___PAL ___NTSC

MONITOR

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 51


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-18 Cleaning the Trackball from the outside (OP-5)


On the latest version of the Lower Operator Panel (OP-5), an optical trackball is used.
If dust is interfering with the light in an optical trackball, cleaning is required.

When cleaning is needed

1.) Power OFF the VIVID E9/VIVID E7.

Figure 4-61 Trackball on new style Lower panel

2.) Place your fingers onto the Top Locking Plate.


3.) Rotate the Top Locking Plate counterclockwise until it can be removed from the keyboard.
4.) Lift off the Top Locking Plate including the Rubber Dust Filtering Ring and trackball from the
keyboard.
5.) Wipe off any oil or dust from the trackball using a cleaner or dry cloth.
6.) Wipe off any oil or dust from the trackball housing, rollers, etc., using a cleaner or cotton bud.

CAUTION MAKE SURE NOT TO SPILL OR SPRAY ANY LIQUID INTO THE TRACKBALL HOUSING
(KEYBOARD OR VIVID E9/VIVID E7).
AVOID ORGANIC SOLVENTS THAT MAY DAMAGE THE MECHANICAL PARTS OF THE
TRACKBALL ASSEMBLY.
DO NOT APPLY MUCH FORCE TO THE SMALL BALL.

7.) Insert the trackball into the housing.


8.) Place the Top Locking Plate including the Rubber Dust Filtering Ring back on the OP and lock it by
rotating it clockwise.

NOTE: Plastic hood is not supposed to be flush due to curvature on the panel.

Test the Trackball

Power up the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 and check that the trackball now works as intended.

4 - 52 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-19 Cleaning the Trackball (OP-1 to OP-4)

4-2-19-1 Introduction
OP-4, OP-3 and OP-2:
On these Operator Panels, an optical trackball is used. If dust is interfering with the light in an optical
trackball, cleaning is required. This involves removing the OP and then remove and open the
Trackball, as described in the procedure below.
OP-1:
An inductive trackball is used on the first version of the Operator Panel. It is only needed to clean
the inductive trackball if it doesnt move easy. This involves removing the OP and then remove and
open the Trackball, as described in the procedure below.

4-2-19-2 Manpower
One person, 30 minutes,

4-2-19-3 Tools
Antistatic brush and/or antistatic vacuum cleaner
Tools as listed in: 8-2-6 "Tools needed for servicing VIVID E9/VIVID E7" on page 8-6

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 53


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-19-4 Preparations

CAUTION ENERGY CONTROL AND POWER LOCKOUT FOR VIVID E9/VIVID E7.
WHEN SERVICING PARTS OF THE SYSTEM WHERE THERE IS EXPOSURE TO VOLTAGE
GREATER THAN 30 VOLTS:
1. TURN OFF THE BREAKER.
2. UNPLUG THE SYSTEM.
TAG
&
LOCKOUT

3. MAINTAIN CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG.


Signed Date

4. WAIT FOR AT LEAST 20 SECONDS FOR CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE AS THERE ARE NO


TEST POINTS TO VERIFY ISOLATION.
Beware that the Main Power Supply and Back End Processor may be energized even if the
power is turned off when the cord is still plugged into the AC Outlet.

WARNING DO NOT TOUCH ANY BOARDS WITH INTEGRATED CIRCUITS PRIOR TO TAKING THE
NECESSARY ESD PRECAUTIONS.
1. ALWAYS CONNECT YOURSELF, VIA AN ARM-WRIST STRAP, TO THE ADVISED
ESD CONNECTION POINT LOCATED ON THE REAR OF THE SCANNER (NEAR THE
POWER CONNECTOR).
2. FOLLOW GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING OF ELECTROSTATIC SENSITIVE
EQUIPMENT.

To get access to the trackball for cleaning, you must perform the following steps:

1.) Power down the system.


2.) Disconnect the mains power cable from the wall outlet.
3.) Disconnect all probes and external I/O cabling.
4.) Remove the Operator Panel, Upper
5.) Remove the Operator Panel, Lower and place it on a clean surface with the front down.
Follow these links if you need more information:

4-2-4 "Power shut down" on page 4-8.


8-8-3-4 "Remove the Upper OP Panel/Touch Panel Assembly" on page 8-156.
8-9-4-4 "Remove the Operator Panel, Lower" on page 8-193.

4 - 54 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-19-5 Remove the Trackball

Figure 4-62 Trackball with fixing screws

Follow these steps to remove the Trackball:

1.) Unplug the cable connectors from the Trackball.


2.) Use the Hex key to remove the two fixing screws with shims.
3.) Remove the Trackball and the Fixing Ring.

Figure 4-63 Trackball removed

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 55


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-19-6 Clean the Trackball


Dust is often building up behind the ball, so it interferes with the ball rotation and for optical trackballs
the light used for sensing. To get access for cleaning, you need to remove the ball.

The ball is held in position by the Dust Gasket.

1.) Turn the Dust Gasket counter-clockwise to unlock it.

Figure 4-64 Remove Trackball Dust Gasket

2.) Remove the Dust Gasket.

Figure 4-65 Dust Gasket removed

3.) Remove the ball.


4.) Use a soft antistatic brush and/or an antistatic vacuum cleaner to remove any dust, both on the ring
and inside the ball house.
5.) When done, install the ball and the Dust Gasket.
.

2
1

Figure 4-66 Install Dust Gasket

4 - 56 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-19-6 Clean the Trackball (contd)


6.) Install the Fixing Ring.
The Fixing Ring has small tabs on the top and bottom side, see figure below. The tabs are used to
fix the Fixing Ring in the correct position, and are positioned on different locations on the top and
the bottom sides of the ring. When used for the Vivid E9, install it so the fixing screw holes on the
Fixing Ring align with the fixing screw holes on the Trackball assembly.

Figure 4-67 Fixing Ring installed for use on the Vivid E9.

4-2-19-7 Install the Trackball


Follow these steps to install the Trackball:

1.) Install the Trackball.


2.) Install the two fixing screws with shims so it locks the Trackball and Fixing Ring in the correct
position.
3.) Connect signal cable connectors to the Trackball.

4-2-19-8 Install the Front Panel


1.) Install the Operator Panel, Upper.
2.) Install the Operator Panel, Lower.

4-2-19-9 Test the Trackball


Power up the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 and check that the trackball now works as intended.

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 57


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-20 4V-D Field Failure Data Collection


To ensure that sufficient failure information is available for returned 4V-D probes, the following
information must be gathered prior to returning the probe:

Failure modes:

1.) Probe will not scan on system


2.) Mechanical/audible noise issues related to cooling system
3.) Image noise artifacts
4.) Other

All 4V-D probe failures must include:

Probe Serial Number (S/N): _______________________________

Console software version: _________________________________

Gather information by failure type:

1.) Probe will not scan on system


a.) Retrieve log files.
b.) When (Date and Time) did the problem start to happen? ___________________________
Get as accurate date and time as possible for easier analysis of the log file.

c.) Is the probe selectable in the probe menu? _____________


d.) What happens when probe is selected?

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________
e.) Does an error message window pop up? _____________
f.) If so, what is the message?

_______________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

g.) Has the probe been working properly and then started to fail? _____________
h.) Did it fail while scanning, or was the failure discovered when trying to select the 4V probe?

_____________
i.) Is the probe constantly failing, or does it sometimes work?

_______________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

4 - 58 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-2-20 4V-D Field Failure Data Collection (contd)


j.) Plug the probe into all three connectors, is it failing in all three? _____________
Is the probe hard to plug in, a lot of friction? _____________

k.) Any signs of damage/contamination on the connector pins?

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

2.) Mechanical/audible noise issues related to cooling system


a.) Has the audible noise become worse over time? _____________
b.) Is the probe triggering the system's overheating protection mechanism (System turns off probe
due to temperature too high)? _____________
c.) If overheat error then retrieve log files.
3.) Image noise artifacts
a.) Is the artifact reproducible? _____________
b.) If YES:
1.) Reselect probe
2.) Go into the mode/settings showing the problem.
3.) Save the log file.
Reproducible steps will then be found at the end of the log.
It is important to reselect the probe, so that we have a reference point in the log.
c.) If possible, obtain image/loop showing the artifact.
d.) If problem is not reproducible, get as much information as possible about mode/settings etc.

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________
e.) Retrieve log files.
f.) Get approximate time of when the problem occurred to be able to correlate image artifact to
events in the log.
_______________________________________________________________________
g.) If operator saved an image at the time of problem, get a copy of it.
h.) Do other probes show (weak) signs of artifacts? _____________
If so, it could point towards a problem with the console or external noise pickup that 4V is more
sensitive to than other probes.

IMPORTANT

Send log file and answers to the questions above to: Hiroki.Ito@GE.com
Return the probe through the normal GPRS process, where it will be routed to the make center.

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 59


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Section 4-3
Functional checks
4-3-1 Overview
In this section, the functional checks for VIVID E9/VIVID E7 are described. Functional checks are used
to verify that the product works as intended. Functional checks may also be used during
troubleshooting.

4-3-2 Contents in this Section


4-3-1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
4-3-2 Contents in this Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
4-3-3 Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
4-3-4 Basic Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
4-3-5 Performance Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63
4-3-6 2D Mode (B mode) Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63
4-3-7 M Mode Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66
4-3-8 Color Mode Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67
4-3-9 PW/CW Doppler Mode Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
4-3-10 Tissue Velocity Imaging (TVI) Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70
4-3-11 Probe/Connectors Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71
4-3-12 ECG Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72
4-3-13 Cineloop Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73
4-3-14 Back End Processor checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74
4-3-15 Operator Panel Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74
4-3-16 Peripheral checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74
4-3-17 Mechanical Functions Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78

4-3-3 Preparation
Turn on power to VIVID E9/VIVID E7. For detailed description, see: 4-2-3 "Power ON/Boot Up" on page
4-4.

4 - 60 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-3-4 Basic Controls

4-3-4-1 Operator Panel (OP)

Figure 4-68 Operator Panel (OP)

1. ON/OFF Button 9. Print, secondary capture

10. Freeze, 2D Freeze


Patient selection, Probe selection, Protocol based
2.
acquisition, Worksheet and Image review
11. Measurement, image store

3. Active mode gain 12. Auto, cursor and angle

4. 2D Gain 13. Trackball

5. Scan mode selection 14. TGC sliders

6. Zoom 15. Speaker volume control

7. Depth 16. Touch panel

8. Display controls, Annotation 17. USB port

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 61


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-3-4-2 Trackball
Different functions can be assigned to the trackball depending on the current active mode. The trackball
functions are organized in functional groups. The trackball functional groups are displayed in the lower
right corner of the screen. Each group can have one or more controls that can be selected using the
keys on the trackball area as described below.

The trackball area consists of:

The Trackball: used as a cursor control in acquisition mode, scrolling control in freeze mode and
as a selecting tool (like a mouse cursor) in post-processing mode.
Two select keys (identical): depending on the situation, the select keys toggle between the
trackball functions within the active functional group or perform the selected control or highlighted
menu item.
The Upper key: this key can be configured as either a select key, a pointer, an image store button
or an image cursor.
The Trackball key: toggles between the trackball functional groups.
The Update menu key: enables quick access to image related functions from a pop-up menu.

Figure 4-69 The Trackball area

1. Trackball key: toggles between trackball functional 3. Update Menu key:


groups. -Display a pop-up System menu.

2. Select keys: 4. Trackball

- Toggles between the functions within the active - Adjusts the selected control
group. Groups with several functions are marked with - Move the marker
a + symbol.
- Performs the selected control or highlighted menu
item

5. Upper key:
Can be configured as either a select key, a pointer, an
image store button or an image cursor.

4 - 62 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-3-4-3 Touch panel


The Touch panel enables the access of context specific controls. The mode/function specific controls
are organized in tabbed folders. Within each folder several pages may be accessed. Only the folders
available in the current state are displayed and can be accessed by pressing the corresponding folder
tab on the Touch panel.

At the bottom of the Touch panel, there are five combination rotary/push buttons. The functionality of
these rotaries changes, depending upon the currently-displayed folder/page.

Figure 4-70 Touch panel

1.) Select a tab to open a folder.


2.) Browse through all pages for the active folder.
3.) Rotary/Push buttons with assigned controls.
- Rotate the button to adjust the control.
- Press (push) the button to select the alternative control.

4-3-5 Performance Tests

4-3-5-1 Test Phantoms


The use of test phantoms is only recommended if required by your facility's (customers) QA program.

4-3-6 2D Mode (B mode) Checks

4-3-6-1 Introduction
The 2D Mode is the systems default mode.

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 63


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Figure 4-71 2D Mode Screen Example

Status Window

Control Menu

4-3-6-2 Preparations
1.) Connect one of the probes.
- See "Connecting Probes" on page 3-26 for info about connecting the probes.
- For available probes, see Section 9-22 "Probes for VIVID E9/VIVID E7" on page 9-122.
2.) Turn ON the scanner.
The 2D Mode window is displayed (default mode).

4 - 64 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-3-6-3 Adjust the 2D mode controls

WARNING ALWAYS USE THE MINIMUM POWER REQUIRED TO OBTAIN ACCEPTABLE IMAGES
IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE GUIDELINES AND POLICIES.
1.) Press 2D on the Operator Panel to access 2D mode.
2.) These Image Controls are used to optimize the 2D picture. Verify that all the listed controls are
working as intended:
- Use Gain and TGC controls to optimize the overall image together with the Power control.
- Use Depth to adjust the range to be imaged.
- Use Focus to center the focal point(s) around the region of interest.
- Use Frequency (move to higher frequencies) or Frame rate (move to lower frame rate) to
increase resolution in image.
- Use Frequency (move to lower frequency) to increase penetration.
- Use the Reject control to reduce noise in the image.
- Use the DDP control to optimize imaging in the blood flow regions and make a cleaner, less
noisy image.
- Use UD Clarity (Cardiac) or UD Speckle reduce (non-cardiac) to reduce image speckle.
Extra care must be taken to select the optimal Speckle reduction level, as too much filtering
of speckle can mask or obscure desired image detail.
- Use Adaptive reject (Cardiac) to reduce near field haze and blood pol artifact without diluting
tissue appearance of moving structures.

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 65


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-3-7 M Mode Checks

4-3-7-1 Introduction

Figure 4-72 M-Mode Screen Example

4-3-7-2 Preparations
1.) Connect one of the probes, to the scanners left-most probe connector.
- See 3-5-7 "Connecting Probes" on page 3-26 for info about connecting the probes.
- For available probes, see Section 9-22 "Probes for VIVID E9/VIVID E7" on page 9-122.
2.) Turn ON the scanner.
The 2D Mode window is displayed (default mode).

3.) Press MM on the Operator panel to bring up an M-Mode picture on the screen.
4.) Use the trackball to position the cursor over the required area of the image.

4-3-7-3 Adjust the M Mode controls


These Image Controls are used to optimize the M mode picture. Verify that all the listed controls are
working as intended:

Adjust Horizontal sweep to optimize the display resolution.


Adjust Gain and TGC controls to adjust the range to be imaged.
Use the Frequency (move to higher frequencies) or the Frame rate control (move to lower frame
rate) to increase resolution in image.
Use the Frequency (move to lower frequency) to increase penetration.
Adjust Focus to move the focal point(s) around the region of interest in the M-Mode display.
Adjust Dynamic range to optimize the useful range of incoming echoes to the available grey scale.
Adjust Compress and Edge Enhance to further optimize the display.
Adjust Reject to reduce noise while taking care not to eliminate significant low-level diagnostic
information.

4 - 66 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-3-8 Color Mode Checks

4-3-8-1 Introduction
Color Flow screens are 2D or M Mode screens with colors representing blood or tissue movement.

Color Flow may be selected both from 2D mode or from M mode or a combination of these.

4-3-8-2 Preparations
1.) Connect one of the probes to the scanners left-most probe connector.
- See "Connecting Probes" on page 3-26 for info about connecting the probes.
- For available probes, see: Section 9-22 "Probes for VIVID E9/VIVID E7" on page 9-122.
2.) Turn ON the scanner.
The 2D Mode window is displayed (default mode).

4-3-8-3 Select Color 2D Mode


1.) From an optimized 2D image, press Color.
2.) Use the trackball (assigned function: Pos) to position the ROI frame over the area to be examined.
3.) Press Select. The instruction Size should be highlighted in the trackball status bar.

NOTE: If the trackball control Pointer is selected, press trackball to be able to select between Position
and Size controls.

4.) Use the trackball to adjust the dimension of the ROI.

4-3-8-4 Adjust the Color 2D Mode controls


Adjust the Active mode gain to set the gain in the color flow area.
Adjust Scale to the highest setting that provides adequate flow detection.

NOTE: The scale value may affect FPS, Low Velocity Reject, and Sample Volume.

Adjust Low Velocity Reject to remove low velocity blood flow and tissue movement that reduces
image quality.
Adjust Variance to detect flow disturbances.
Adjust Sample volume (SV) to a low setting for better flow resolution, or a higher setting to more
easily locate disturbed flows
Adjust Frequency to optimize the color flow display. Higher settings improve resolution. Lower
settings improve depth penetration and sensitivity. This does not affect the frequency used for 2D
and M-Mode.

NOTE: NOTE: Frequency setting may affect FPS, SV and Low Velocity Reject.

Adjust Power to obtain an acceptable image using the lowest setting possible.

NOTE: The Power setting affects all other operating modes.

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 67


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-3-8-4 Adjust the Color 2D Mode controls (contd)


Adjust the following settings to further optimize display of the image:

Use Invert to reverse the color assignments in the color flow area of the display.
Use Tissue priority to emphasize either the color flow overlay, or the underlying grey scale tissue
detail.
Use Baseline to emphasize flow either toward or away from the probe.
Use Radial and Lateral Averaging to reduce noise in the color flow area. Radial and Lateral
Averaging smooths the image by averaging collected data along the same horizontal line. An
increase of the lateral averaging will reduce noise, but this will also reduce the lateral resolution.

4-3-8-5 Select Color M Mode


1.) Select M Mode (See: 4-3-7 "M Mode Checks" on page 4-66).
2.) Use the trackball (assigned function: Pos) to position the ROI frame over the area to be examined.
3.) Press Select. The instruction Size should be highlighted in the trackball status bar.

NOTE: If the trackball control Pointer is selected, press trackball to be able to select between Position
and Size controls.

4.) Use the trackball to adjust the dimension of the ROI.

4-3-8-6 Adjust the Color M Mode controls


Adjust the Active mode gain to set the gain in the color flow area.
Adjust Scale to the highest setting that provides adequate flow detection.

NOTE: The scale value may affect FPS, Low Velocity Reject, and Sample Volume.

Adjust Low Velocity Reject to remove low velocity blood flow and tissue movement that reduces
image quality.
Adjust Variance to detect flow disturbances.
Adjust Sample volume (SV) to a low setting for better flow resolution, or a higher setting to more
easily locate disturbed flows
Adjust Frequency to optimize the color flow display. Higher settings improve resolution. Lower
settings improve depth penetration and sensitivity. This does not affect the frequency used for 2D
and M-Mode.

NOTE: NOTE: Frequency setting may affect FPS, SV and Low Velocity Reject.

Adjust Power to obtain an acceptable image using the lowest setting possible.

NOTE: The Power setting affects all other operating modes.

Adjust the following settings to further optimize display of the image:

Use Invert to reverse the color assignments in the color flow area of the display.
Use Tissue priority to emphasize either the color flow overlay, or the underlying grey scale tissue
detail.
Use Baseline to emphasize flow either toward or away from the probe.
Use Radial and Lateral Averaging to reduce noise in the color flow area. Radial and Lateral
Averaging smooths the image by averaging collected data along the same horizontal line. An
increase of the lateral averaging will reduce noise, but this will also reduce the lateral resolution.

4 - 68 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-3-9 PW/CW Doppler Mode Checks

4-3-9-1 Introduction
PW and CW Doppler are used to measure velocity (most often in blood).

Doppler mode can be done with a special pencil probe or with an ordinary probe. By using an ordinary
probe, you can first bring up a 2D picture for navigation purpose and then add PW/CW Doppler.

4-3-9-2 Preparations
1.) Connect one of the probes to the scanner.
- See 3-5-7 "Connecting Probes" on page 3-26 for info about connecting the probes.
- For available probes, see: Section 9-22 "Probes for VIVID E9/VIVID E7" on page 9-122.
2.) Turn ON the scanner
The 2D Mode window is displayed (default mode).

3.) If needed, adjust the Displays Brightness and Contrast setting.


4.) Press PW or CW to start Pulsed Wave Doppler (PW) or Continuous Wave Doppler (CW).
5.) Use the trackball to select the Area of Interest (Sample Volume) in PW or direction of interest in CW.

4-3-9-3 Adjust the PW/CW Doppler Mode controls


Adjust the Active mode gain to set the gain in the spectral Doppler area.

Adjust Low velocity reject to reduce unwanted low velocity blood flow and tissue movement.
In PW mode, adjust Sample volume to low setting for better resolution, or higher setting to more
easily locate the disturbed flows.
Adjust the Compress setting to balance the effect of stronger and weaker echoes and obtain the
desired intensity display.
Adjust Frequency to optimize flow display. Higher setting will improve resolution and the lower
setting will increase the depth penetration.
Adjust Frame rate to a higher setting to improve motion detection, or to a lower setting to improve
resolution.

NOTE: Frequency and Frame rate settings may affect the Low Velocity Reject.

Adjust Power to obtain an acceptable image using the lowest setting possible. This is particularly
important in CW mode, as the energy duty cycle is 100% (constant).

NOTE: The Doppler Power setting affects only Doppler operating modes.

Adjust the following settings to further optimize the display of the image.
Use the Horizontal sweep to optimize the sweep speed.
To view signal detail, adjust Scale to enlarge the vertical spectral Doppler trace.
Use Invert to reverse the vertical component of the spectral Doppler area of the display.
Use Angle correction to steer the ultrasound beam to the blood flow to be measured.

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 69


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-3-10 Tissue Velocity Imaging (TVI) Checks

4-3-10-1 Introduction
TVI calculates and color codes the velocities in tissue. The tissue velocity information is acquired by
sampling of tissue Doppler velocity values at discrete points. The information is stored in a combined
format with grey scale imaging during one or several cardiac cycles with high temporal resolution.

4-3-10-2 Preparations
1.) Connect one of the probes, to the scanners left-most probe connector.
- See Connecting Probes, page 3-26 for info about connecting the probes
- For available probes, see: Section 9-22 "Probes for VIVID E9/VIVID E7" on page 9-122.
2.) Turn ON the scanner
The 2D Mode window is displayed (default mode).

3.) If needed, adjust the Displays Brightness and Contrast setting.


4.) Press TVI.
5.) Use the trackball (assigned function: Pos) to position the ROI frame over the area to be examined.
6.) Press Select. The instruction Size should be highlighted in the trackball status bar.

NOTE: If the trackball control pointer is selected, press trackball to be able to select between Position
and Size controls.

7.) Use the trackball to adjust the dimension of the ROI.

4-3-10-3 Adjust the TVI Controls


To reduce quantification noise (variance), the Nyquist limit should be as low as possible, without
creating aliasing. To reduce the Nyquist limit: Reduce the Scale value.

NOTE: The Scale value also affects the frame rate. There is a trade off between the frame rate and
quantification noise.

TVI provides velocity information only in the beam direction. The apical view typically provides the
best window since the beams are then approximately aligned to the longitudinal direction of the
myocardium (except near the apex). To obtain radial or circumferential tissue velocities, a
parasternal view must be used. However, from this window the beam cannot be aligned to the
muscle for all the parts of the ventricle.

NOTE: PW will be optimized for Tissue Velocities when activated from inside TVI.

4 - 70 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-3-11 Probe/Connectors Check


NOTE: Probes can be connected at any time, whether the unit is ON or OFF

CAUTION TAKE THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS WITH THE PROBE CABLES:


- KEEP AWAY FROM THE WHEELS
- DO NOT BEND
- DO NOT CROSS CABLES BETWEEN PROBES

Table 4-5 Probe and Connectors Checks

Step Task Expected Result(s)

1. Press Probe on the Operator Panel. A list of the connected probes will pop up on the screen.

2. If not already selected. Use the trackball to select the An application menu for the desired probe is listed on
desired probe. the screen.

3. Trackball to the desired application


Press Select to launch the application.
The selected application starts.
To change application without changing the current
probe, press Appl. on the Operator Panel.

4. Verify no missing channels All channels are functioning.

5. Verify there's no EMI/RFI or artifacts specific to the


No EMI/RFI or artifacts.
probe.

6. Test the probe in each active connector slot.,


It will display pictorial data each time
see 3-5-7 "Connecting Probes" on page 3-26

7. Do a leakage test on the probe, see Section 10-7


It passes the test.
"Electrical Safety Tests" on page 10-20

8. Repeat this procedure for all available probes.

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 71


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-3-12 ECG Check

4-3-12-1 Introduction
The ECG capability on this unit, is intended as use as a trigger for measurements, but can also be
viewed on the screen.

4-3-12-2 Parts needed


ECG Harness, P/N:16L0026 + P/N:16L0028
ECG Pads, (3 pc)
or

ECG simulator

4-3-12-3 Preparations
None

4-3-12-4 ECG Check

Table 4-6 ECG Check

Step Task Expected Result(s)

1. Connect the ECG harness to the connector on the front The unit displays a straight curve along the bottom
of the system. edge of the image sector on the screen.

2. Connect the three leads to a ECG simulator,


When connecting, the signal on the screen will be noisy
or
When the connection is completed, a typical clean ECG
Fasten the three ECG Pads to your body and connect
signal is displayed.
the three leads to respective ECG Pad

4 - 72 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-3-13 Cineloop Check

4-3-13-1 Introduction
A cineloop is a sequence of images recorded over a certain time frame. When using ECG the time frame
can be adjusted to cover one or more heart cycles. When frozen, the System automatically displays the
cineloop boundary markers on either side of the last detected heart cycle (Figure 4-73).

Figure 4-73 The Cineloop controls display

1. Left marker 3. Right marker


2. Current frame 4. Cine speed

4-3-13-2 Preparation
1.) Connect one of the probes to the scanner.
- See 3-5-7 "Connecting Probes" on page 3-26 for info about connecting the probes
- For available probes, see: Section 9-22 "Probes for VIVID E9/VIVID E7" on page 9-122.
2.) Turn ON the scanner. The 2D Mode window is displayed (default mode).

4-3-13-3 Adjust the Cineloop controls


1.) Press Freeze.
The left and right markers are displayed on either side of the last detected heart cycle on the ECG
trace.

2.) Press 2D Freeze.


The selected heart beat is played back.

3.) Press 2D Freeze to freeze the cineloop.


Use the trackball to scroll through the acquisition and find the sequence of interest.

4.) Adjust Cycle select to move from heart beat to heart beat and select the heart cycle of interest.
5.) Adjust Num cycles to increase or decrease the number of heart beats to be played back.
6.) Adjust Left marker and Right marker to trim or expand the cineloop boundaries.

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 73


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-3-14 Back End Processor checks


If all the previous tests have been passed successfully, the Back End Processor is most likely OK.
If the system seems to be operating erratically, please refer to Chapter 7 - Diagnostics /
troubleshooting.

4-3-15 Operator Panel Test


The Operator Panel is tested when the VIVID E9/VIVID E7 is powered up as part of the start-up
scripts, run at every start-up.
For more info, see:7-12-11 "Diagnostics - Interactive Tests" on page 7-66.

4-3-16 Peripheral checks

4-3-16-1 Overview
Checks for the following peripherals are included:

4-3-16-2 "Printer checks" on page 4-74


4-3-16-6 "DVR checks" on page 4-76

4-3-16-2 Printer checks


The internal printer is controlled from the P1 and P2 keys on the VIVID E9/VIVID E7s Operator Panel.

The factory default is:

P1 for the internal printer


P2 for external (network) printer

Table 4-7 Printer checks

Step Task Expected Result(s)

1. When scanning in 2D Color Mode, Press Freeze to Image scanning stops with the last picture on the
stop image acquisition. screen.

2. Press P1 on the Operator Panel The image displayed on the screen is printed on the
assigned printer.

3. Press P2 on the Operator Panel The image displayed on the screen is printed on the
assigned printer.

4. Check if the print quality on the pictures from both


printers are of expected quality.

4-3-16-3 Windows Print Test Page


This tests that the printer is correctly installed and hooked up at the Windows level.

1.) Open the Printers folder, either from Start > Settings > Printers or from Utilities > System > Printers.
2.) Right click on a printer and select Preferences.
3.) Select Print Test Page (this will send a print to the printer bypassing all of the Scanner software).
4.) Observe the page. If the page prints out, the problem you are looking for is probably a configuration
issue in windows, or configuration issue in Utilities > Connectivity. If the page does not print out,
there probably is a cabling issue, or a printer configuration issue in Windows.

NOTE: For the Sony small format printers you will see the test page clipped. This is normal.

4 - 74 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-3-16-4 Setup and Test a Printer Service


1.) Select Utility > Connectivity
If you get a pop-up asking you to log on, select ADM. If the customer has not changed the user, the
password is ulsadm.

2.) Select the Service tab.


3.) In the comb box Select Service to Add select Standard Print and click on Add.
4.) In the right pane Properties Combo Box Select the printer you wish to test. Set any other
parameters you desire.
5.) In the left pane Properties Enter a name that describes the printer and configuration you just
selected in the right pane.
6.) Select the Button tab.
7.) Select one of the Physical Print Buttons that you want to configure.
8.) In the right pane click on the service name you just created in the Services Tab.
9.) Click on the >> button. This will place this service in the PrintFlow View for the printer button you
selected.
10.)Click on Save.
You have now configured a printer service and attached it to a print button.

Now you can test the printer by pressing the print button you just configured. If you configured it for 1
row and 1 column each time you press the print button you will get a print sent to the printer. If you
configured some other combination of rows or columns you will have to push the printer button multiple
times before a print is sent to the printer.

If the image does not print, check the configuration to verify that you have it set up correctly.

4-3-16-5 View the Windows Printer Queues


Go to Utility > System > Peripherals
Click on Properties.

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 75


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-3-16-6 DVR checks


Overview

The DVR is operated from VIVID E9/VIVID E7s Operator Panel. The DVR status displayed on the
screen indicates the current DVR function.

Figure 4-74 DVR status on the title bar

1. Video counter 6. Pause (red while recording)

2. Title number 7. Fast Forward

3. Recording (red) 8. Rewind

4. Stop 9. Eject

5. Play 10. Search

Tools

A blank DVD+RW disc.

Recording

1.) Insert a blank DVD+RW in the DVR unit.

NOTE: New disks need to be prepared for recording. The preparation takes about one minute. Observe
the busy light on the DVR unit or the busy icon on screen.

2.) Create a patient record or open an existing one.


3.) Press Record on the Operator Panel.
A red dot is displayed in the DVR status area on the Title bar to indicate that recording has begun.

NOTE: A new title is created for each recording session.

4.) Press Record to toggle between pause and record.

NOTE: When recording is resumed after pause a new chapter is created.

5.) To stop recording, press Stop/Eject on the Touch Panel.

4 - 76 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-3-16-6 DVR checks (contd)


Play back an examination

1.) Insert the DVD to play back and wait while it is loading.
2.) Press Playback on the Touch Panel.
3.) Use the buttons on the Touch Panel to perform actions on the recorded session, such as stop,
pause, rewind or fast forward. Press the dedicated Prev and Next buttons to change title or chapter.
4.) To find a patient record, press Go to/Search on the Touch Panel.
The Video Counter/Search window is displayed.

5.) Select a title from the Recording title drop-down menu and press Search counter.
Playback of the selected title is started.

Ejecting the DVD

1.) Press Stop/Eject twice to eject the disk.


The Finalize window is displayed.

2.) Select:
- Yes:
The DVD is finalized and ejected. Finalized DVD cannot be reused for recording.
- No:
The DVD is ejected without being finalized. The DVD can be reused for recording additional
titles, but it will not be playable on other DVD players without being finalized.

4-3-16-7 Turn OFF Power to VIVID E9/VIVID E7


See 4-2-4 "Power shut down" on page 4-8.

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 77


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

4-3-17 Mechanical Functions Checks

4-3-17-1 Operator Panel Movement


Please refer to:

4-2-5 "Top Console position adjustment" on page 4-11.


4-2-6 "LCD Monitor position adjustment" on page 4-14.

4-3-17-2 Casters (Wheels), Brakes and Direction Lock Checks


The wheels are controlled by the pedals situated between the front wheels of the unit (see Figure 4-75).

Examine the wheels frequently for defects to avoid breaking or jamming.

Table 4-8 Wheel Characteristics

WHEEL CHARACTERISTICS
FRONT SWIVEL, SWIVEL LOCK AND BRAKE

REAR SWIVEL AND BRAKE

Figure 4-75 Pedals

Follow the steps below to verify that Brakes and Direction Locks function as intended.

1.) Press the right pedal to engage the front wheel brakes. Apply a pressure on the scanner to
verify that the brakes works as intended.

2.) Press the center pedal to release the front wheel brakes.

3.) Press the left pedal to engage the Swivel lock. Ensure that the wheels lock, making it impossible
to turn the scanner to the sides.

4.) Press the center pedal to release the Swivel lock.


5.) Apply the additional brakes on the rear wheels and verify that they function. When finished, release
the additional brakes.

4 - 78 Section 4-2 - General procedures


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Section 4-4
Application Turnover Check List
Complete these checks before returning the scanner to customer for use:

4-4-1 Software Configuration Checks

Table 4-9 Software Configuration Checks

STEP TASK CHECK ( )

1. Check Date and Time setting

2. Check that Location (Hospital Name &


Department) is correct

3. Check Language settings

4. Check assignment of Printer Keys

5. Check that all of the customers options are


correct installed

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 79


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Section 4-5
Power supply test & adjustments
4-5-1 Power Supply Test Procedure
There is no need to do any special tests on the Power Supplies if there dont seems to be a problem
that may be related to the Power Supply.

Refer to 7-14-3 "System Doesnt Power On / Boot Up" on page 7-124, if you appear to have a problem
that may be related to the Power Supplies.

4-5-2 Power Supply Adjustment


There are no adjustments on the power supply. The DC Power is self-regulated. If a voltage is outside
the specified range, it means that something is wrong, either with the power supply itself or with a unit
connected to that specific power outlet. When an error occur, the power will be turned off immediately.

Refer to 7-14-3 "System Doesnt Power On / Boot Up" on page 7-124, if you appear to have a problem
that may be related to the Power Supplies.

4 - 80 Section 4-5 - Power supply test & adjustments


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Section 4-6
Site Log
Table 4-10 Site Log

DATE SERVICE PERSON PROBLEM COMMENTS

Chapter 4 - General procedures and Functional checks 4 - 81


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Table 4-10 Site Log (contd)

DATE SERVICE PERSON PROBLEM COMMENTS

4 - 82 Section 4-6 - Site Log


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Chapter 5
Components and functions (theory)

Section 5-1
Overview
5-1-1 Purpose of this chapter
This chapter explains VIVID E9/VIVID E7s system concepts, component arrangement, and subsystem
functions. It also describes the Power Distribution System and the Common Service Desktop interface.

5-1-2 Contents in this chapter


5-1 Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5-2 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 models and hardware/software compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5-3 Software overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
5-4 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
5-5 Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
5-6 InSite ExC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
5-7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
5-8 Top Console with LCD monitor and Operator Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
5-9 Main Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
5-10 Air Flow control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
5-11 Casters and Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
5-12 Front End Processor (FEP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
5-13 Back End Processor (BEP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82
5-14 Power distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-111
5-16 Input and Output (I/O) modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-124
5-17 Peripherals overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-132
5-18 Cables for VIVID E9/VIVID E7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-135
5-19 Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-135
5-20 Product manuals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-136
5-21 Common Service Desktop overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-137
5-22 Restart VIVID E9/VIVID E7 after diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-139

Chapter 5 - Components and functions (theory) 5-1


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Section 5-2
VIVID E9/VIVID E7 models and hardware/software compatibility
5-2-1 VIVID E9 models covered by this manual

Table 5-1 VIVID E9 Models and Hardware/Software Compatibility sheet 1 of 3

FRONT END SYSTEM APPLICATION CAN BE


MODEL PROCESSOR BACK END SOFTWARE SOFTWARE UPGRADED
NUMBER DESCRIPTION CARD RACK PROCESSOR VERSION(s) VERSION(S) TO

GB200063 or
GA200824
GB000070 Vivid E9 with XDclear 4D Expert Option
17 inch LCD (100-230V) VE9 Card Rack
Complete with
MLA16, GB200001
4D TEE BEP6 w/4D
backplane,
GB000080 Vivid E9 with XDclear 4D Expert Option
19 inch LCD (100-230V) 192 RX channels
and one TX card
with 192 channels
v104.3.5 v113.0 or higher N/A
Vivid E9 with XDclear 2D 17 inch LCD
GB000075
(100-230V)

GB000085 Vivid E9 with XDclear 2D 19 inch LCD GB200062 or


(100-230V) GA200804 GB200002
Vivid E9 with XDclear Pro configuration VE9 Card Rack BEP6 wo/4D
GB000090 Complete w. MLA4
17 inch Monitor (100-230V)

Vivid E9 with XDclear Pro configuration


GB000095
19 inch Monitor (100-230V)

GB200001 v104.3.4
v112.0.7 or higher v113.x
BEP6 w/4D (or higher)

GB200003
BEP5 w/4D v104.3.3
Vivid E9 100-230V 4D Expert Option v112.0.x or higher v113.x
GA000940 Nvidia Quadro (or higher)
- 17 LCD
GB200063 or 2000D
GA200824
VE9 Card Rack GA200890
Complete with BEP5 w/4D v104.3.x v112.0.x or higher v113.x
MLA16, Nvidia
4D TEE
backplane, GB200001 v104.3.4
v112.0.7 or higher v113.x
192 RX channels BEP6 w/4D (or higher)
and one TX card
with 192 channels GB200003
Vivid E9 100-230V 4D Expert Option BEP5 w/4D v104.3.3
GA000950 v112.0.x or higher v113.x
- 19 LCD Nvidia Quadro (or higher)
2000D

GA200890
v104.3.x v112.0.x or higher v113.x
BEP w/4D Nvidia

5-2 Section 5-2 - VIVID E9/VIVID E7 models and hardware/software compatibility


GE PROPRIETARY TO GE
DIRECTION GA091999, REVISION 7 VIVID E9/VIVID E7 PROPRIETARY SERVICE MANUAL

Table 5-1 VIVID E9 Models and Hardware/Software Compatibility (contd) sheet 2 of 3

FRONT END SYSTEM APPLICATION CAN BE


MODEL PROCESSOR BACK END SOFTWARE SOFTWARE UPGRADED
NUMBER DESCRIPTION CARD RACK PROCESSOR VERSION(s) VERSION(S) TO

Vivid E9 100-230V BT12 Pro


GB000040 v113.x
Configuration - 17 LCD GB200002 v104.3.4
v112.1.0 or higher
BEP6 wo/4D (or higher)
Vivid E9 100-230V BT12 Pro
GB000050 v113.x
Configuration - 19 LCD

GB200002
GB200062 or v104.3.x v112.0.6 or higher v113.x
Vivid E9 100-230V 2D BEP6 wo/4D
GA000945 GA200804
- 17 LCD VE9 Card Rack GA200900
Complete w. MLA4 BEP5 wo/4D v104.3.x v112.0.x or higher v113.x

GB200002
v104.3.x v112.0.6 or higher v113.x
BEP6 wo/4D
GA000955 Vivid E9 100-230V 2D
- 19 LCD
GA200900
v104.3.x v112.0.x or higher v113.x
BEP5 wo/4D

GB200001
v110.1.12
BEP6 w/4D